FISHING SERVICES

Alphabetical Index
Product Number Description 150-55 142-10 140-13 330-66 130-16 130-16 130-51 130-97 130-22 130-73 130-21 130-19 130-96 183-56 182-56 142-11 154-64 Page Product Number Description 114-07 Page Anchor, Bottom Trip ................................................................... 36 Backoff Tool, Casing .................................................................. 15 Backoff Tool, Timmons .............................................................. 16 Bar, Deployment ...................................................................... 105 Basket, Boot .............................................................................. 25 Basket, Thru-Tubing Boot .......................................................... 95 Basket, Venturi Jet ..................................................................... 95 Basket, Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk ............................. 28 Basket, Globe Type Junk ........................................................... 26 Basket, Hydraulic Junk .............................................................. 27 Basket, Internal Boot ................................................................. 29 Basket, Washpipe Boot ............................................................. 25 Bowen Equipment ............................................................ 108-110 Bushing, Jet ............................................................................... 29 Bushing, Kelly Drive ................................................................... 81 Bushing, Pipe Drive ................................................................... 81 Bushing, Tieback Alignment ...................................................... 16 Bushing, Trahan Collapsible Drive ............................................. 81 132-20/21 Centralizer, Hydraulic and Hydraulic Drilling ........................... 102 132-24 Centralizer, Mechanical Bow Spring ........................................ 102 131-23 Circulating Tool, M Reverse .................................................. 30 132-00 Connector, Coiled Tubing .......................................................... 84 Container, Thru-Tubing Fishing Tools ...................................... 107 170-03 Cutter, Hydraulic Tubing ............................................................ 97 170-03 Cutter, Inside Hydraulic ................................................................ 8 170-12 Cutter, Inside Mechanical ............................................................ 7 170-08 Cutter, Multi-String ....................................................................... 6 171-13 Cutter, Outside Shear Pin ............................................................ 9 170-13/14 Cutter, Standard and Washover Outside .................................... 9 170-26 Cutter, Wireline .......................................................................... 60 132-11 Disconnect, FAU Safety Hydraulic ........................................ 86 132-13 Disconnect, High Load ............................................................... 87 132-12 Disconnect, JD Safety Hydraulic ............................................ 86 132-14 Disconnect, Torque Thru-Pull .................................................... 87 151-24 Dog Leg Reamer ....................................................................... 22 Fishing Technology Testing Center ............................................. 5 Houston Engineering Equipment ...................................... 111-113 132-60 Indexing Tool, Hydraulic ............................................................ 98 Insert, METAL MUNCHER Carbide ......................................... 23 112-07 Insert, Wilson Mouse Trap ......................................................... 60 185-56 Jack System, Casing ................................................................. 80 140-24 Joint, Circulation Control ............................................................ 76 150-25 Joint, Drilling Safety ................................................................... 69 140-41/37 Joint , J Type Safety with Pack-Off ....................................... 46 132-30/31 Joint, Single and Dual Knuckle ............................................... 103 140-38 Joint, Washover Backoff Safety ................................................ 46 141-33 Joint, Wilson Type M J- ....................................................... 65 150-30/29 Key Seat Wiper, Double and Single Clutch ............................... 21 132-25 Locator, Nipple Profile .............................................................. 103 150-79/95 LOCKOMATIC Expanding Hole Opener & Section Mill .... 40-41 150-98 Mill, Expanding Hydraulic ........................................................... 17 151-20 Mill, Hollow, Container and Insert .............................................. 57 151-02 Mill, METAL MUNCHER Junk .................................................. 24 140-71 Mill, METAL MUNCHER Packer .............................................. 24 151-21 Mill, METAL MUNCHER Pilot .................................................. 23 150-72 Mill, TRI-STATE Model D Section ....................................... 39 151-06 Mill, SUPERLOY Junk ............................................................. 20 151-10 Mill, SUPERLOY Taper ............................................................ 20 151-06 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER Junk ............................. 94 151-13 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER Step ............................. 94 151-09 Mills, String and Watermelon ..................................................... 21 132-80/81 Motor, Navi-Drill High Torque Mud/Air ...................................... 93 111-07 Overshot, Bulldog ...................................................................... 56 133-32 Overshot, Continuous ................................................................ 91 133-31/30 Overshot, Hydraulic Releasing .................................................. 90 110-06 Overshot, Kelo ........................................................................... 56 116-07 Overshot, Rolling Dog ................................................................ 55 133-34 Overshot, Snipper ...................................................................... 92 Overshot, T-Dog ........................................................................ 54 120-15/121-15 Pack-Off Assembly, Casing and Tubing Spear ................... 53 110-59 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 58 133-33 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 91 141-36 Packer Retriever, Shear Type .................................................... 64 141-32 Packer Retriever, TRI-STATE B ......................................... 66 140-31 Packer Retrieving Spear ............................................................ 62 747-51 Packer Retrieving Spear, CJ-1 .............................................. 63 140-66 Packer Retrieving Spear, Hydraulic ........................................... 61 160-23 Patch, Dual Catch Casing .......................................................... 14 164-20 Patch, Lead Seal Cementing ..................................................... 14 162-20/163-20 Patch, Regular and Slim Series Lead Seal Casing ......... 12-13 161-20/160-78 Patch, Rubber Seal Casing and Underwater Casing ........... 11 160-21 Patch, Underwater Lead Seal Casing ................................... 12-13 161-25 Patch, ZX High Pressure Casing ........................................... 10 140-27 Pulling Tool, Wilson Hydraulic .................................................... 67 140-52 ResonanceTool ......................................................................... 78 141-10 Reversing Tool, Hydraulic .......................................................... 68 161-05 Scraper, TRI-STATE 360 Clean Bore Casing ......................... 18 811-98 Shifting Tool, HB-3 Selective Shifting .................................... 104 150-10 Shoe, METAL MUNCHER Rotary ............................................ 45 150-08/11 Shoes, SUPERLOY Rotary ................................................. 44-45 170-70 Space-Out Sub Assembly, Ring Type ........................................ 73 120-28/122-29 Spear, Center Prong Rope and Crank Shaft Rope ............. 59 133-10/11 Spear, Hydraulic Releasing GS ............................................ 89 127-10 Spear, L Casing .................................................................... 51 122-28 Spear, Latch Jack ...................................................................... 60 126-09 Spear, TRI-STATE B Casing and Tubing ....................... 48-49 126-10 Spear, TRI-STATE C Casing .............................................. 50 120-09 Spear, TRI-STATE D Casing and Tubing ...................... 48-49 121-09 Spear, TRI-STATE E Casing .............................................. 51 122-13 Spear, TRI-STATE E Cut and Pull Casing .......................... 52 140-14 Spear, TRI-STATE Washover Drill Collar ................................ 47 122-14 Spear, Wellhead Cut & Pull ....................................................... 52 172-30 Stabilizer, Hydraulic ................................................................... 74 171-30 Stabilizer, Sleeve Type Non-Rotating ........................................ 75 171-30 Stabilizer, Thru-Tubing Sleeve Type ........................................ 102 170-30 Stabilizer, Variable Blade ........................................................... 75 811-28 Stroker, Power ......................................................................... 104 120-60 Sub, Locking Pin ........................................................................ 72 140-61 Sub, Pump-Out .......................................................................... 77 132-64/65 Sub, Standard and Lockable Swivel ........................................ 105 SUPERLOY Tungsten Carbide Hardfacing,TRI-STATE ........ 19 162-01 Swivel, Backoff .......................................................................... 72 170-01 Swivel Marine ............................................................................ 73 110-99/121-00 Tap, Box and Taper ........................................................... 70 121-01 Tap, Hollow Pin ......................................................................... 71 121-01 Tap, Pin ..................................................................................... 71 Thru-Tubing Service ............................................................. 82-83 Tongs, Hydratight .................................................................... 107 150-97 Underreamer, DB .................................................................. 96 132-52 Underreamer, Two-Bladed ......................................................... 96 200-79 Valve Changer System, Geothermal .......................................... 79 132-18 Valve, Dual Actuated Circulating ................................................ 88 132-04 Valve, Dual Flapper Back Pressure ........................................... 85 132-66 Wash Tool, Spinning ................................................................ 106 Washpipe, N-80 w/W.P. Hydril Connections .............................. 43 156-60 Washpipe Specification Guide ................................................... 42 150-43 Whipstock, CT System ............................................................ 99
150-76/50 Whipstock, Mechanical Thru-Tubing Permanent & Retrievable 100-101 783-62/58 Whipstock Packer, ML and ML Orientation Anchor ........................ 38

415-18 150-64 150-68 150-74 415-18 150-77

Whipstock Packer, One Trip Hydraulic Set (Annular Set) .......... 35 Whipstock, Rolling Dog Retrieving Overshot ............................. 37 Whipstock System, Cemented ................................................... 33 Whipstock System, Eastman Style ............................................ 32 TorqueMaster Whipstock Packer ............................................. 34 WindowMaster System ............................................................ 31

FISHING SERVICES
Product Number Index
Product Number Description 110-06 110-59 Page Product Number Description Page Overshot, Kelo ........................................................................... 56 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 58 110-99/121-00 Tap, Box and Taper ........................................................... 70 111-07 Overshot, Bulldog ...................................................................... 56 112-07 Insert, Wilson Mouse Trap ......................................................... 60 114-07 Overshot, T-Dog ........................................................................ 54 116-07 Overshot, Rolling Dog ................................................................ 55 120-09 Spear, TRI-STATE D Casing and Tubing ...................... 48-49 120-15/121-15 Pack-Off Assembly, Casing and Tubing Spear ................... 53 120-28/122-29 Spear, Center Prong Rope and Crank Shaft Rope ............. 59 120-60 Sub, Locking Pin ........................................................................ 72 121-01 Tap, Hollow Pin ......................................................................... 71 121-01 Tap, Pin ..................................................................................... 71 121-09 Spear, TRI-STATE E Casing .............................................. 51 122-13 Spear, TRI-STATE E Cut and Pull Casing .......................... 52 122-14 Spear, Wellhead Cut & Pull ....................................................... 52 122-28 Spear, Latch Jack ...................................................................... 60 126-09 Spear, TRI-STATE B Casing and Tubing ....................... 48-49 126-10 Spear, TRI-STATE C Casing .............................................. 50 127-10 Spear, L Casing .................................................................... 51 130-16 Basket, Boot .............................................................................. 25 130-16 Basket, Thru-Tubing Boot .......................................................... 95 130-19 Basket, Washpipe Boot ............................................................. 25 130-21 Basket, Internal Boot ................................................................. 29 130-22 Basket, Globe Type Junk ........................................................... 26 130-51 Basket, Venturi Jet ..................................................................... 95 130-73 Basket, Hydraulic Junk .............................................................. 27 130-96 Bushing, Jet ............................................................................... 29 130-97 Basket, Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk ............................. 28 131-23 Circulating Tool, M Reverse .................................................. 30 132-00 Connector, Coiled Tubing .......................................................... 84 132-04 Valve, Dual Flapper Back Pressure ........................................... 85 132-11 Disconnect, FAU Safety Hydraulic ........................................ 86 132-12 Disconnect, JD Safety Hydraulic ............................................ 86 132-13 Disconnect, High Load ............................................................... 87 132-14 Disconnect, Torque Thru-Pull .................................................... 87 132-18 Valve, Dual Actuated Circulating ................................................ 88 132-20/21 Centralizer, Hydraulic and Hydraulic Drilling ........................... 102 132-24 Centralizer, Mechanical Bow Spring ........................................ 102 132-25 Locator, Nipple Profile .............................................................. 103 132-30/31 Joint, Single and Dual Knuckle ............................................... 103 132-52 Underreamer, Two-Bladed ......................................................... 96 132-60 Indexing Tool, Hydraulic ............................................................ 98 132-64/65 Sub, Standard and Lockable Swivel ....................................... 105 132-66 Wash Tool, Spinning ................................................................ 106 132-80/81 Motor, Navi-Drill High Torque Mud/Air ...................................... 93 133-10/11 Spear, Hydraulic Releasing GS ............................................ 89 133-31/30 Overshot, Hydraulic Releasing .................................................. 90 133-32 Overshot, Continuous ................................................................ 91 133-33 Pack-Off, High Pressure ............................................................ 91 133-34 Overshot, Snipper ...................................................................... 92 140-13 Backoff Tool, Timmons .............................................................. 16 140-14 Spear, TRI-STATE Washover Drill Collar ................................ 47 140-24 Joint, Circulation Control ............................................................ 76 140-27 Pulling Tool, Wilson Hydraulic .................................................... 67 140-31 Packer Retrieving Spear ............................................................ 62 140-38 Joint, Washover Backoff Safety ................................................ 46 140-41/37 Joint , J Type Safety with Pack-Off ....................................... 46 140-52 ResonanceTool ......................................................................... 78 140-61 Sub, Pump-Out .......................................................................... 77 140-66 Packer Retrieving Spear, Hydraulic ........................................... 61 140-71 Mill, METAL MUNCHER Packer .............................................. 24 141-10 Reversing Tool, Hydraulic .......................................................... 68 141-32 Packer Retriever, TRI-STATE B ......................................... 66 141-33 Joint, Wilson Type M J- ....................................................... 65 141-36 Packer Retriever, Shear Type .................................................... 64 142-10 Backoff Tool, Casing .................................................................. 15 142-11 Bushing, Tieback Alignment ...................................................... 16 150-08/11 Shoes, SUPERLOY Rotary ................................................. 44-45 150-10 Shoe, METAL MUNCHER Rotary ............................................ 45 150-25 Joint, Drilling Safety ................................................................... 69 150-30/29 Key Seat Wiper, Double and Single Clutch ............................... 21 150-43 Whipstock, CT System ............................................................ 99 150-55 Anchor, Bottom Trip ................................................................... 36 150-64 Whipstock, Rolling Dog Retrieving Overshot ............................. 37 156-60 Washpipe Specification Guide ................................................... 42 150-68 Whipstock System, Cemented ................................................... 33 150-72 Mill, TRI-STATE Model D Section ....................................... 39 150-74 Whipstock System, Eastman Style ............................................ 32
150-76/50 Whipstock, Mechanical Thru-Tubing Permanent & Retrievable.... 100-101

150-77 150-97 150-98 151-02 151-06 151-06 151-09 151-10 151-13 151-20 151-21 151-24 154-64 160-21 160-23 161-05

WindowMaster System ............................................................ 31

150-79/95 LOCKOMATIC Expanding Hole Opener & Section Mill .... 40-41

Underreamer, DB .................................................................. 96 Mill, Expanding Hydraulic ........................................................... 17 Mill, METAL MUNCHER Junk .................................................. 24 Mill, SUPERLOY Junk ............................................................. 20 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER Junk ............................. 94 Mills, String and Watermelon ..................................................... 21 Mill, SUPERLOY Taper ............................................................ 20 Mill, Thru-Tubing METAL MUNCHER Step ............................. 94 Mill, Hollow, Container and Insert .............................................. 57 Mill, METAL MUNCHER Pilot .................................................. 23 Dog Leg Reamer ....................................................................... 22 Bushing, Trahan Collapsible Drive ............................................. 81 Patch, Underwater Lead Seal Casing ................................... 12-13 Patch, Dual Catch Casing .......................................................... 14 Scraper, TRI-STATE 360 Clean Bore Casing ......................... 18 161-20/160-78 Patch, Rubber Seal Casing and Underwater Casing ........... 11 161-25 Patch, ZX High Pressure Casing ........................................... 10 162-01 Swivel, Backoff .......................................................................... 72 162-20/163-20 Patch, Regular and Slim Series Lead Seal Casing ......... 12-13 164-20 Patch, Lead Seal Cementing ..................................................... 14 170-01 Swivel Marine ............................................................................ 73 170-03 Cutter, Hydraulic Tubing ............................................................ 97 170-03 Cutter, Inside Hydraulic ................................................................ 8 170-08 Cutter, Multi-String ....................................................................... 6 170-12 Cutter, Inside Mechanical ............................................................ 7 170-13/14 Cutter, Standard and Washover Outside .................................... 9 170-26 Cutter, Wireline .......................................................................... 60 170-30 Stabilizer, Variable Blade ........................................................... 75 170-70 Space-Out Sub Assembly, Ring Type ........................................ 73 171-13 Cutter, Outside Shear Pin ............................................................ 9 171-30 Stabilizer, Sleeve Type Non-Rotating ........................................ 75 171-30 Stabilizer, Thru-Tubing Sleeve Type ........................................ 102 172-30 Stabilizer, Hydraulic ................................................................... 74 183-56 Bushing, Kelly Drive ................................................................... 81 182-56 Bushing, Pipe Drive ................................................................... 81 185-56 Jack System, Casing ................................................................. 80 200-79 Valve Changer System, Geothermal .......................................... 79 330-66 Bar, Deployment ...................................................................... 105 415-18 Whipstock Packer, TorqueMaster ............................................ 34 415-18 Whipstock Packer, One Trip Hydraulic Set (Annular Set) .......... 35 747-51 Packer Retrieving Spear, CJ-1 .............................................. 63 783-62/58 Whipstock Packer, ML and ML Orientation Anchor ...................... 38 811-28 Stroker, Power ......................................................................... 104 811-98 Shifting Tool, HB-3 Selective Shifting .................................... 104 Bowen Equipment ............................................................ 108-110 Container, Thru-Tubing Fishing Tools ...................................... 107 Fishing Technology Testing Center ............................................. 5 Houston Engineering Equipment ...................................... 111-113 Insert, METAL MUNCHER Carbide ......................................... 23 SUPERLOY Tungsten Carbide Hardfacing, TRI-STATE ....... 19 Tongs, Hydratight .................................................................... 107 Thru-Tubing Service ............................................................. 82-83 Washpipe, N-80 w/W.P. Hydril Connections .............................. 43

FISHING SERVICES
Fishing Technology Testing Center
Bossier City, Louisiana
The Fishing Technology Testing Center in Bossier City, Louisiana includes the fishing industrys most complete testing facility. Here, testing is conducted on projects ranging from research and development prototypes to modifications to existing equipment, in an environment that simulates realistic downhole conditions. The centerpiece of the Technology Center is a test rig whose components include: 142-ft Dreco mast rated at 750,000 lbs (340,000 kg) lifting capacity when rigged with 12 lines Continental-Emsco GA350-E Single Drum Drawworks Continental-Emsco T-2750 53-1/4" Rotary Table Gardner Denver PZ10 1350 HP Triplex Pump with output of 496 gal/min at 4200 psi (1860 liters/ min at 290 bar) maximum pressure Bowen Model S-1E Power Swivel Bowen 3.5 Power Swivel which may be used as a top drive Hydraulic testing unit Appropriate tubulars, BOPs, kill and choke manifolds, tuggers and handling tools Casing sizes from 4-1/2" to 20" for testing purposes

FISHING SERVICES
MULTI-STRING CUTTER Product No. 170-08
The Multi-String Cutter is designed to cut single or multiple strings of concentric or eccentric casing. The cutter is hydraulically operated. The fluid path is through an indicator nozzle into the piston which forces out the cutter knives. Once the cutter knives are fully extended, the indicator nozzle carrier will unseat from the piston causing a loss in pressure, indicating that the cut is complete. The indicator nozzle is easily changed to accommodate low pump capacity. The Multi-String Cutter can be used in any cutting application where rotation and pressure can be applied to the tool. In subsea applications, a marine swivel or cut and pull spear are required. When performing casing repair or cutting and pulling operations for a slot recovery, safeguards must be taken to assure the outer casing is not damaged. For this type of operation, the MultiString Cutter may be ordered with spacer and stop rings which will restrict the reach of the cutter knives. FEATURES/BENEFITS Rugged design can withstand extreme shock loads during cutting Knives can be easily changed at the rig floor Knives can be dressed with either SUPERLOY or METAL MUNCHER inserts Large piston area reduces amount of surface pressure required to operate cutter Variety of knives and cutters will cover complete range of API casings Nozzles can be easily changed to accommodate available flow rate Cutter can be set to cut single strings only

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Designed to Cut (In.) (mm) 4 - 5-1/2 101,6 - 139,7 4-1/2 - 6-5/8 101,6 - 168,3 5-1/2 - 9-5/8 139,7 - 244,6 7 - 13-3/8 177,8 - 339,7 7 - 13-3/8 177,8 - 339,7 8-5/8 - 20 219,1 - 508 9-5/8 - 30 244,6 - 762 13-3/8 - 60 339,7 - 1524
Multi-String Cutter Product No. 170-08

Top Connection 2-3/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API IF 4-1/2 X-Hole 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg

Cutter OD (In.) (mm) 3-1/8 79,4 3-3/4 95,3 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/2 139,7 5-3/4 146,1 7-1/4 184,2 8-1/4 209,6 11-3/4 298,5

Max Knife Diameter (In.) (mm) 6-3/8 162,0 8 203,0 13-1/8 333,0 16-1/4 413,0 16-1/2 419,0 21-3/4 552,0 45-3/8 1153,0 49-1/2 1257,0

FISHING SERVICES
INSIDE MECHANICAL CUTTER Product No. 170-12
The Inside Mechanical Cutter is designed to cut single strings of casing without hydraulics. The cutter consists of a friction assembly that initiates the setting of the slips. The slip assembly anchors the cutter inside the casing. The cut is made by lowering the drillstring while rotating. This forces the knives down on the wedge block forcing the knives outward until the casing is cut. The cutter incorporates an automatic nut design which, when the tool is elevated, sets cutter back into the run-in position. This makes it possible to set and unset the tool, as many times as required, or to make multiple cuts. The Inside Mechanical Cutter is well suited for a cutting operation where the integrity of an outer string must be maintained. Because the tool is operated by mechanics, the cutter is ideally suited for land abandonments where pumps are not available. FEATURES/BENEFITS Tools easily convert to alternate cutting sizes Unique automatic nut allows tool to be set repeatedly without pulling out of the hole Cutter is mechanically operated no hydraulics required Positive anchor assembly ensures a smooth cut Knives can be made from tool steel or fitted with carbide inserts Knife design reduces risk of damage to outer casing

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Designed to Cut Cutter OD Max Cut of Knife Top Connection (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 4 101,6 3 76,2 4-5/8 117,5 2-3/8 FJ 5 127,0 4 101,6 6-3/8 161,9 2-7/8 API Reg 6-5/8 168,2 5-1/4 133,4 8-5/16 211,1 3-1/2 API IF 8-1/8 206,3 6-7/8 174,6 9-7/8 250,8 4-1/2 API IF 8-5/8 9-5/8 219,0 244,4 7-1/8 8 181,0 203,2 10 11-1/2 254,0 292,1 5-1/2 5-1/2 API Reg API Reg 13-3/8 339,7 11-3/4 298,5 16-1/8 409,6 6-5/8 API Reg

Inside Mechanical Cutter Product No. 170-12

FISHING SERVICES
INSIDE HYDRAULIC CUTTER Product No. 170-03
The Inside Hydraulic Cutter is designed to cut single strings of casing hydraulically. The cutter features hydraulically activated knives for smooth efficient cutting, an indicator which signals through pump pressure when the cut is complete, and stabilizer slips to keep the cutter anchored in the casing. The pistons are designed to force the slips to firmly anchor the tool prior to the knives contacting the casing. When the cutter has been run to the desired cutting depth, rotation is initiated and circulation started. An increase in torque indicates that casing is being cut. When the cut is complete, the control dog will move into a recess in the bottom nut causing a decrease in pump pressure, indicating that the cut is complete. Straight pick up will retract the slips and knives. The Inside Hydraulic Cutter should always be run with a float sub. FEATURES/BENEFITS Tools easily convert to alternate cutting sizes Cutter is hydraulically operated; no string movement required Positive anchor assembly ensures a smooth cut Knives can be made from tool steel or fitted with carbide inserts Knife design reduces risk of damage to outer casing Positive indication when cut is made

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Cutter OD Max Cut of Knife Top Connection (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 4-1/8 104,8 7 177,8 2-7/8 API IF 5-1/2 139,7 7 177,8 3-1/2 API IF 5-3/4 146,1 7-5/8 193,7 3-1/2 API IF 8-1/8 206,4 10-3/4 273,1 4-1/2 API IF 11-3/4 298,5 13-3/8 339,7 4-1/2 API IF

Inside Hydraulic Cutter Product No. 170-03

FISHING SERVICES
STANDARD AND WASHOVER OUTSIDE CUTTERS Product Nos. 170-13 & 170-14
The Standard and Washover Outside Cutters are mechanically operated cutting tools used to cut and recover tubulars from the outside in one trip. The main components are the knives, dog assembly, and wedge block. Both cutters require the outside of the fish to be free. It is best to washover with a rotary shoe and washpipe down to desired cutting depth prior to running the cutter. Once the fish has been washed over, the rotary shoe is replaced with the cutter. After the cutter has passed over the fish, the workstring should not be elevated until the cutter is at the desired cutting depth. Once reaching the desired depth of the cut, the string should be elevated to locate a collar or tool joint. The string is then slacked off to take the load of the knives prior to cutting. In a deviated well, the string will have to be slacked off further to eliminate the risk of damage to the knives by overloading against the tool joint or collar. The tool is operated by pulling the dog assembly up under a collar or tool joint while rotating. The dog assembly will force the wedge block down which forces the knives in until the cut is complete. Once the cut is complete, the cutter and fish can be pulled out of the hole and the fish stripped out of the washpipe. The cut left by the outside cutter will be smooth on the OD and just slightly flared to the ID. To engage externally and run wireline would require no dressing off. FEATURES/BENEFITS Cuts can be made on tubulars with plugged IDs Cut is clean and requires no dressing The cut is made mechanically Simple design and operation Large variety of sizes for special applications Knives made from tool steel, heattreated, and contour ground for effective cutting

OUTSIDE SHEAR PIN CUTTER Product No. 171-13

The Outside Shear Pin Cutter is a mechanically operated tool used to cut and remove tubing or drillpipe from the wellbore. The Outside Shear Pin Cutter allows the maximum ratio of fish OD to cutter OD of any outside cutter. Due to this feature, the cutter is not as rugged as the washover and standard outside cutter. The shear-type cutter is used only when no other cutter may be used due to fish OD. (No illustration shown.) FEATURES/BENEFITS Smallest ratio of fish OD to cutter OD of any outside cutter Cuts are clean and require no dressing off Mechanically operated All parts constructed from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Knives made from tool steel, heattreated and contour ground for effective cutting

Standard Outside Cutter Product No. 170-13

STANDARD OUTSIDE CUTTER PRODUCT NO. 170-13 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

OD of (In.) Cutter (mm) ID of (In.) Cutter (mm) Connection OD of (In.) Cutter (mm) ID of (In.) Cutter (mm) Connection 3-13/16 96,8 3-1/8 79,4 3-13/16 TSWP 7-11/16 195,3 6-1/4 158,8 7-5/8 TSWP 4-1/16 103,2 3-5/32 80,2 4 TSWP 8-5/16 211,1 6-13/16 173,0 8-1/8 TSWP 4-17/32 115,1 3-5/8 92,1 4-1/2 TSWP 9-3/8 238,1 7-7/8 200,0 9 TSWP 4-11/16 119,1 3-25/32 96,6 4-1/2 TSWP 11-3/8 288,9 9-7/8 250,8 10-3/4 TSWP 5- 5/8 142,9 4-5/8 117,5 5-3/8 TSWP 12 304,8 10-3/4 273,1 11-3/4 TSWP 6 152,4 4-7/8 123,8 5-3/4 TSS 14-1/4 362,0 11-7/8 301,6 12-3/4 TSWP 6-1/8 155,6 5-1/8 130,2 6 TSWP 16-3/4 425,5 15 381,0 16 TSWP

Washover Outside Cutter Product No. 170-14

FISHING SERVICES
ZX HIGH PRESSURE CASING PATCH Product No. 161-25
The ZX (Zero Extrusion) High Pressure Casing Patch utilizes the same technology that has made the ZXP Liner Packer the industries most reliable Liner Packer. The ZX Patch offers the highest pressure rating of any casing patch, in most cases equal to a premium thread. This pressure rating makes this design ideal for tying back high pressure wells. The ZX design encloses the seals in a metal to metal barrier between the casing and the patch body, protecting the seals from exposure to damaging fluids or gases. The design is modular so the patch body may be run above a standard overshot. A top sub with the desired casing thread may be run above the patch or an extension for underwater patching operations. The patch is designed to fit over the entire API tolerance range for each casing size. There is no setting load required because the seals are self-energizing. Although not recommended, in test environments the patch has been tested on unprepared casing. In these test, the 9-5/8" patch has withstood 12,000 PSI (827 bar) internal pressure, with fluid and nitrogen, with temperatures up to 250F using standard seal compounds. Higher temperature thresholds may be achieved with special seal materials. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Requires no setting load Highest pressure rating of any patch Adaptability due to modular design Utilizes proven ZX technology

ZX High Pressure Casing Patch Product No. 161-25

10

FISHING SERVICES
RUBBER SEAL CASING PATCH AND RUBBER SEAL UNDERWATER CASING PATCH Product Nos. 161-20 & 160-78
The Rubber Seal Casing Patch is designed to repair damaged casing or tieback casing efficiently and economically. No setting load is required to energize the seals. This allows for a simple design with less moving parts. The pressure rating for the rubber seals exceed that of the Standard Lead Seal Casing Patch. The patches are available in sizes to patch from 4-1/2" to 20" casing. As with standard lead seal patches, the casing stub to be patched must be free of any cement on the OD and the top must be free of burrs. It is best in older casing strings to washover the casing stub with a shoe dressed to the drift ID of the casing patch. With a proper dressing shoe, the top of the casing will be left with a 45 angle reducing the risk of damage to the seal assembly. Once the casing patch has swallowed the casing stub completely, the casing is patched and may be pressure tested as per customer requirements. If over pull is required, this will not affect the seal assembly. Caution: Excessive over pull during pressure testing may produce forces which cause the casing patch slips to damage the patched casing stub. Construction of the standard Rubber Seal Casing Patch makes the conversion to an Underwater Casing Patch simple. The top-sub may be removed, allowing cross-over bushings and a casing pup-joint to be made up directly above the rubber seals. This modification does not affect the tensile or pressure rating on the patch. If the casing repair is close to the top of the cement, the Rubber Seal Underwater Casing Patch makes it possible to patch the casing without the required free casing needed to set a Lead Seal Casing Patch. (Rubber Seal Underwater Casing Patch is not shown.) FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Requires no setting load Higher pressure rating Rubber seal less affected by temperature fluctuations Easily converted to an underwater patch The chart below is a sample of the maximum working pressures and is based on 80% of burst.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD (In.) (mm) Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 5-13/16 147,6 10-3/4 273,1 13-1/2 342,9 5-1/2 139,7 7-1/4 184,2 11-3/4 298,5 14-1/2 368,3 7 177,8 8-3/8 212,7 13-3/8 339,7 16-1/2 419,1 7-5/8 193,7 9-3/8 238,1 16 406,4 19 482,6 8-5/8 219,1 10-9/16 268,3 20 508 23-3/8 593,7 9-5/8 244,5 11-7/8 301,6

The chart below is a sample of the maximum working pressures and is based on 80% of burst on the lesser component, i.e., patch or casing.

Casing Size In. 7 7 7 7 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 13-3/8 13-3/8 13-3/8

mm 177,8 177,8 177,8 177,8 244,5 244,5 244,5 244,5 273,0 273,0 273,0 273,0 273,0 339,7 339,7 339,7

lbs/ft 29 29 32 32 47 47 53.50 53.50 51 51 51 60.7 60.7 68 72 72

Weight kg/m 43,1 43,1 47,6 47,6 69,9 69,9 79,5 79,5 76,05 76,05 76,05 90,5 90,5 101,1 107 107

Grade N-80 P-110 N-80 P-110 N-80 P-110 N-80 P-110 J-55 N-80 P-110 J-55 N-80 K-55 N-80 C-95

Maximum Working Pressure (No Tension) psi Bar 6528 450,20 8480 584,82 7248 499,86 8480 584,82 5496 379,03 7552 520,82 6334 436,82 8720 601,37 4030 277,93 5860 404,13 8060 555,86 4880 336,55 7100 489,65 3450 237,93 5380 371,03 6390 440,68

Maximum Overpull at Maximum Pressure lbs kg 151,500 10448 187,300 68629 175,700 79592 187,300 84847 294,800 133544 394,600 178753 352,500 159682 517,400 234382 90,000 40909 112,000 50909 134,700 61227 361,200 164181 428,000 194545 81,200 36783 58,700 26591 56,000 25368

Rubber Seal Casing Patch Product No. 161-20

11

FISHING SERVICES
REGULAR AND SLIM SERIES LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH Product Nos. 162-20 & 163-20
The Lead Seal Casing Patch is used to repair damaged casing and to tie back casing strings, after temporary abandonments when tie-back assemblies inplace fail. To patch a casing string, the damaged casing must be removed to a point where the casing integrity is still sound. Once the lower string of casing has been engaged by the patch, a recommended setting load must be applied which will energize the patch by deforming the lead making an effective seal on the casing. The casing stub to be patched must be free of any cement on the OD and the top must be free of any burrs. It is best in older casing strings to washover the casing stub with a shoe dressed to the drift ID of the casing patch. With a proper dressing shoe, the top of the casing will be left with a 45 angle which will reduce the risk of damage to the lead-seal assembly. Once the casing patch has swallowed the casing stub completely, the recommended setting load must be applied and held. At this time, the casing may be pressure tested as per customer requirements. If additional over pull is required, this may affect the integrity between the patch and the lower string of casing. The safe operating parameters of the patch should be followed. (Slim Series Lead Seal Casing Patch drawing is not shown.) FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Does not restrict casing ID Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

UNDERWATER LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH Product No. 160-21

The Underwater Lead Seal Casing Patch utilizes the same design as the Standard and Slim Series Lead Seal Casing Patches with the addition of a long top sub to allow the patch to be run below a subsea casing hanger. The top extensions are made from API casing pup joints or alloy steel tubing. The underwater casing patch is most often used to allow space out for a subsea hanger after a casing string has become stuck while running in the hole. When the underwater casing patch is to be used, the casing should be cut a sufficient length from the stuck point. This allows the casing to be stretched from below to energize the casing patch. The cut casing must then be dressed off to reduce the risk of any damage to the lead seal assembly. The patch is spaced out from the subsea casing hanger to allow the lower casing stub to completely pass the slip assembly. The casing is run and the casing hanger landed off in the wellhead. At this point, the lower casing stub should be past the slip assembly. A Tri-State Type B Casing Spear can be run in and latched into the lower casing stub. The lower casing is then stretched enough to energize the patch once the tension has been released. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Does not restrict casing ID Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

Regular Lead Seal Casing Patch Product No. 162-20

12

FISHING SERVICES
REGULAR SERIES LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH PRODUCT NO. 162-20 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 5-13/16 147,6 8-5/8 219,1 10-9/16 268,3 5 127,0 6-3/16 157,2 9-5/8 244,5 11-1/2 292,1 5-1/2 139,7 7 177,8 10-3/4 273,1 13 330,2 6 152,4 7-1/2 190,5 11-3/4 298,5 14 355,6 6-5/8 168,3 8-3/8 212,7 13-3/8 339,7 15-5/8 396,9 7 177,8 8-3/4 222,3 16 406,4 18-1/4 463,6 7-5/8 193,7 9-3/8 238,1 20 508,0 22-1/4 565,2

Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD (In.) (mm)

SLIM SERIES LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH PRODUCT NO. 163-20 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 5-5/8 142,9 5-1/2 139,7 6-3/4 171,5 7 177,8 8-1/4 209,6 7-5/8 193,7 8-11/16 221,0 8-5/8 219,1 10 254,0 9-5/8 244,5 10-7/8 276,2 10-3/4 273,1 12-1/8 308 13-3/8 339,7 14-3/4 374,7

UNDERWATER LEAD SEAL CASING PATCH PRODUCT NO. 160-21 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD (In.) (mm) 7 177,8 8-3/8 212,7 Alloy 8-3/8 212,7 7-5/8 193,7 9-3/8 238,1 Casing 8-5/8 219,1 9-5/8 244,5 11-1/2 292,1 Alloy 10-3/4 273,1 9-5/8 244,5 12-3/4 323,9 Casing 11-3/4 298,5 10-3/4 273,1 12-1/8 308,0 Alloy 12-1/8 308,0 10-3/4 273,1 13 330,2 Alloy 13 330,2 13-3/8 339,7 15-1/8 384,2 Alloy 15-1/8 384,2 13-3/8 339,7 17 431,8 Casing 16 406,4

Extension Material Extension OD (In.) (mm)

The chart below is a sample of the maximum working pressures for the Lead Seal Casing Patches and is based on 80% of burst. Casing Size In. 7 7 7 7 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 13-3/8 13-3/8 13-3/8 Maximum Working Pressure (No Tension) psi Bar 6496 8930 7248 8930 5496 7552 6344 6800 4030 5800 6348 4800 6300 3450 5380 5770 Maximum Overpull at Maximum Pressure lbs kg 136,100 177,500 109,500 215,900 141,400 220,700 218,400 220,700 63,000 75,000 210,000 223,000 271,000 66,700 58,700 113,100

mm 177,8 177,8 177,8 177,8 244,5 244,5 244,5 244,5 273,0 273,0 273,0 273,0 273,0 339,7 339,7 339,7

Weight lbs/ft kg/m 29 29 32 32 47 47 53.50 53.50 51 51 51 60 60 68 72 72

Grade N-80 P-110 N-80 P-110 N-80 P-110 N-80 P-110 J-55 N-80 P-110 J-55 N-80 K-55 N-80 C-95

43,1 43,1 47,6 47,6 69,9 69,9 79,5 79,5 76,05 76,05 76,05 90,5 90,5 101,1 107 107

448 615,86 499,86 615,86 379,03 520,82 437,51 486,96 277,86 399,90 437,68 330,95 434,37 237,93 371,03 397,93

61653 80407 49603 97802 64054 99977 98935 99977 28576 34019 95284 101151 12924 30215 26591 51234
Underwater Lead Seal Casing Patch Product No. 160-21

13

FISHING SERVICES
LEAD SEAL CEMENTING PATCH Product No. 164-20
The Lead Seal Cementing Patch is used to patch a string of casing and cement into the annulus of the patched string in one trip. The casing stub to be patched must be free of any cement on the OD and the top must be free of any burrs. It is best in older casing strings to washover the casing stub with a shoe dressed to the drift ID of the casing patch. With a proper dressing shoe, the top of the casing will be left with a 45 angle which will reduce the risk of damage to the lead seal assembly. Once the casing patch has swallowed the casing stub completely, set down 10,000 to 15,000 lbs (4545 kg to 6818 kg) on the patch. The top of the casing should be shouldered against the top sub of the patch. The recommended setting load is then applied. Slack off 25% of the setting load and test the patch. After the test is complete, the string is once again slacked off to allow the lower casing stub to contact the shoulder of the patch. This will open the cementing ports in the patch. After cementing, pick up to the original setting load. The setting load should be maintained while curing the cement. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Does not restrict casing ID Manufactured from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel Allows patch to be set and cement pumped to annulus without additional trips Eliminates need for cementing collar

DUAL CATCH CASING PATCH Product No. 160-23

The Dual Catch Casing Patch utilizes a lead-seal assembly and an additional lower slip which helps prevent the loss of seal due to elongation or distortion of the casing when the patch is set. Like the underwater casing patch, the dual catch has a 10 ft top extension manufactured from an API casing pup joint or alloy steel. The same casing preparation and setting procedures used for the underwater casing patch are used for the Dual Catch Casing Patch. FEATURES/BENEFITS Does not restrict casing ID Manufactured from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel Allows better protection against seal failure

Cementing Patch Product No. 164-20

CEMENTING PATCH PRODUCT NO. 164-20 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 6-1/2 165,1 5-1/2 139,7 7-7/16 189,0 7 177,8 9-1/8 231,8 7-5/8 193,7 9-7/8 251,0 8-5/8 219,1 11-1/8 282,6 9-5/8 244,5 11-7/8 301,6 10-3/4 273,1 14 355,6 11-3/4 298,5 14-3/4 374,7 13-3/8 339,7 16 406,4

DUAL CATCH CASING PATCH PRODUCT NO. 160-23 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing Size (In.) (mm) Patch OD
Dual Catch Casing Patch Product No. 160-23

5-1/2 139,7 7-3/4 196,9

7 177,8 9 228,6

9-5/8 244,5 12 304,8

10-3/4 273,1 13 330,2

13-3/8 339,7 16 406,4

16 406,4 19 482,6

20 508,0 25-1/2 647,7

(In.) (mm)

14

FISHING SERVICES
CASING BACKOFF TOOL Product No. 142-10
The Casing Backoff Tools are hydraulically operated downhole breakout tools used to back off casing at a known coupling location. They are often used as an alternative to running a casing patch during a casing repair program. The tool has three main components: the lower anchor section, the drive section, and the upper anchor section. Drill collars are run below the lower anchor to allow the anchor to remain set during the backoff operation. Several stands of collars are run above the upper anchor to allow the anchor to remain set when pump pressure is being applied to overcome the hydraulic upward force during the back off operation. The tool is assembled and run in the well to the desired depth. A mechanical collar locator can be used to pinpoint the collar to be backed off, and the back-off tool can then be positioned to straddle the collar. The anchor sections are set hydraulically and once the anchors have been set do not pick up on the workstring. The tool is then cycled by pump pressure until breakout is accomplished. The pumps are then stopped and the pressure bleed off. The tool should sit for about five minutes to reset itself. After several cycles of the tool, the pump is turned off and the workstring picked up, which releases slips. The backoff is completed and casing recovered with an appropriate spear. FEATURES/BENEFITS Eliminates blind backoffs of casing High torque breakout capacity Anchor sections contain special carbide insert slips which make firm bites into casing ID to withstand torque output of tool Leaves threaded connection for re-engaging with new casing string Maintains full casing integrity when casing is screwed back together properly Eliminates restricted IDs after repairing casing No left-hand workstrings required for backoff Over torquing of joints in workstring is eliminated Can be used with tubing as a workstring, if necessary SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD Connection Casing Size (In.) and Weight (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) Maximum Torque 5000psi Output at (ft/lb) Maximum Torque Output at 344,8 bar (Nm) (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 3-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 139,7 5-5/8 142,9 3-1/2 API IF 7 177,8 5-5/8 142,9 3-1/2 API IF 7-5/8 193,7 8 203,2 6-5/8 API Reg 9-5/8 244,5 8 203,2 6-5/8 API Reg 10-3/4 273,1 8 203,2 6-5/8 API Reg 11-3/4 298,5 8 203,2 6-5/8 API Reg 13-3/8 339,7 48 - 72 71-1/3 50,000
Drive Section Lower Anchor

Upper Anchor

14 - 23 17 - 38 20,81-34,18 25,27-56,48 15,000 25,000

24 - 47.1 32 - 53.5 35,67-70,00 47,56-79,52 25,000 50,000

32.75 - 65.7 42 - 60 48,68-97,65 62,42-89,18 50,000 50,000

11111

18518

18518

37037

37037

37037

37037

15

FISHING SERVICES
TIMMONS BACKOFF TOOL Product No. 140-13
The Timmons Backoff Tool is used to transmit torque through a workstring to casing at a desired point. The design is extremely simple and reliable. In most cases, the limiting factor in torque restriction is the workstring. All Timmons tools have a left-hand box on one end and a right-hand connection on the other end. When backing off casing, the Timmons tool is run with a left-hand tool joint connection up, and left-handed pipe to surface. The tool can be set at anytime by simply rotating to the left. The tool is released by right-hand rotation. For making up casing, the tool is run with the right-hand connection up on righthanded pipe. FEATURES/BENEFITS The tool will ensure that the casing does not back out at a higher point When making up casing, the joints of casing above the make-up point will not be over torqued The opposing cam design eliminates any risk of slipping High torque breakout capacity - limited by workstring only Simple design The same tool is used for breakout and makeup
Timmons Backoff Tool Product No. 140-13

TIEBACK ALIGNMENT BUSHING Product No. 142-11

The Tieback Alignment Bushing is used as a guide for a casing tieback string. The guide allows easy alignment while minimizing the risk of thread damage. The guide bushing is primarily used when tying back premium thread strings of casing. The guide bushing is designed for easy field dressing to allow for box or pin looking up. There is no welding required and no risk to pressure integrity. FEATURES/BENEFITS Eliminates need for internal guide string Reduces risk of damage to threads Can be easily dressed at rig site to tie back to pin or box Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Can be manufactured with any type thread Tieback will be completely threaded Pressure rating as per thread manufacturers specifications TIEBACK ALIGNMENT BUSHING PRODUCT NO. 142-11 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing OD (In.) (mm) Guide OD (In.) (mm) 7 177,8 8-1/4 209,6 9-5/8 244,5 12 304,8 13-3/8 339,7 15 381,0

TIMMONS BACKOFF TOOL PRODUCT NO. 140-13 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing Size (In.) (mm) Top Connection 7 177,8 3-1/2 API IF left-hand 3-1/2 API IF 7-5/8 193,7 3-1/2 API IF left-hand 3-1/2 API IF 8-5/8 219,1 3-1/2 API IF left-hand 3-1/2 API IF 9-5/8 244,5 6-5/8 API Reg left-hand 4-1/2 API IF 13-3/8 339,7 6-5/8 API Reg left-hand 4-1/2 API IF 20 508,0 6-5/8 API Reg left-hand 4-1/2 API IF

Bottom Connection

Tieback Alignment Bushing Product No. 142-11

16

FISHING SERVICES
EXPANDING HYDRAULIC MILL Product No. 150-98
The Expanding Hydraulic Mills are run above drill bits or mills to open the casing ID to a greater diameter than drift. They can be used to scrape the casing ID to remove scale or cement prior to running a packer, and can also function as hydraulic stabilizers to centralize when cutting casing. Blades can be dressed with Metal Muncher style, carbide inserts to remove steel or cement, or with hard metal for stabilizing. Various weights of the same size casing can be milled with one set of blades, due to the unique design of the stop collars on tool. Prior to running, the stop collars are mechanically set to maintain true fullbore gauge milling and reaming. The expanding mill is made up to the mill or bit and run in the hole with sufficient drill collar to maintain 2000 to 5000 lbs (454 to 2272 kg) of weight on bottom. Nozzles in the bit or expanding mill should be sized to provide a suggested pressure drop of 500 psi (34,48 bar), which will keep the blades expanded during milling. Suggested RPM range for the mill is between 60 and 150 RPM. Light weight should be maintained on the mill, and torque monitored closely. When the restriction has been removed, the hole is circulated clean and the pumps are stopped retracting the blades automatically. FEATURES/BENEFITS Rugged design enables tool to expand and scrape casing ID and function as a hydraulic stabilizer when cutting casing Unique stop collar design allows various weights of the same size casing to be milled with one set of blades Blades are available with METAL MUNCHER carbide inserts or hard metal coating Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Can be run through restricted ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing OD (In.) (mm) Weight Connections Closed OD (In.) (mm) (lb) (mm) 5-1/2 139,7 14 - 23 20,8 - 34,2 2-3/8 API Reg 4-1/4 108,0 7 177,8 23 - 38 34,2 - 56,5 5-5/8 142,9 7-5/8 193,7 24 - 39 35,7 - 58 6-3/8 161,9 8-5/8 219,1 28 - 44 41,6 - 65,4 7 177,8 9-5/8 244,5 32,30 - 53,50 48 - 79,5 8 203,2

3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg

Expanding Hydraulic Mill Product No. 150-98

17

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE 360 CLEAN BORE CASING SCRAPER Product No. 161-05
The Tri-State 360 Clean Bore Casing Scraper cleans cement, mud, embedded perforating bullets, rust, scale, paraffin, perforation burrs, and other restrictions from the inside walls of casing. The casing scraper is run with the pin up and a bit or a mill is installed on the box end below. Consequently, the bit serves as a guide and prevents plugging the circulation hole through the scraper. The scraper is passed through the restricted section, preferably without rotation. This cleans most of the scale, bullets, cement, and other extraneous materials off the casing wall. Rotating the tool as the string is lowered causes the helix surfaces to shear off any remaining burrs or obstructions missed on the first pass with the scraper. The scraper is rerun to check for smoothness before tripping out of the hole. If the weight indicator does not show any irregularities, the casing should be clean. FEATURES/BENEFITS Body constructed from a solid piece of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel for strength Hardfaced blades provide endurance and maximum service Cleaning can be accomplished by either rotation or reciprocation as a result of blade arrangement in the body that gives full 360 contact with the casing ID Each blade is cut with left-hand helical grooves to allow the tool to scrape up or down inside the casing Double protection downhole results from blades held securely by blade retainers locked in place by keepers

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
In. lb/ft Casing Scraper Size Connection Scraper OD Scraper ID Blade Part Number Casing Size Weight Range Blade Part Number Casing Size Weight Range Blade Part Number Casing Size Weight Range Blade Part Number Casing Size Weight Range Casing Scraper Size Connection Scraper OD Scraper ID Blade Part Number Casing Size Weight Range Blade Part Number Casing Size Weight Range Blade Part Number Casing Size Weight Range 4-1/2 5-1/2

mm- kg/m 114,3 139,7

In. lb/ft 5-1/2 6

mm- kg/m 139,7 152,4

In. lb/ft 6-5/8

mm- kg/m 168,3

In. lb/ft 7 7-5/8

mm- kg/m 177,8 193,7

2-3/8 API Reg 3-9/16 90,5 3/4 19 2-135 4-1/2 114,3 (9.5-15.1) (14,1-22,4) 2-135 5 127 (21.5-24.1) (31,9-35,8) 2-135 5 127 (11.5-18) (17,1-26,7) 2-133-1 5-1/2 139,7 (20-23) (29,7-34,2) 8-5/8

2-7/8 API Reg 4-3/8 111,1 1 25,4 2-142 5-1/2 139,7 (14- 23) (20,8-34,2) 2-142-1 6 152,4 (16-23) (23,8-34,2)

2-7/8 3-1/2 API Reg API Reg 5-1/8 130,2 5-3/8 136,5 1 25,4 1-1/4 31,7 2-142-1 2-102-1 6-5/8 168,3 7 177,8 (20-24) (29,7-35,7) (17-20) (25,3-29,7) 2-142 2-102-1 6-5/8 168,3 7-5/8 193,7 (28-32) (41,6-47,6) (24-42.8) (35,7-63,6) 2-102 7 177,8 (23-32) (34,2-47,6) 2-102-2 7 177,8 (35-38) (52-56,5)

360 Clean Bore Casing Scraper Product No. 161-05

219,1 9-5/8 244,5 10-3/4 273 13-3/8 339,7 4-1/2 4-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg 7-1/4 184,2 8 203,2 9 228,6 11-1/4 285,8 2 50,8 2-1/4 57,1 2-1/4 57,1 3-1/2 88,9 2-102 2-102-1 2-1441-3 8-5/8 219,1 9-5/8 244,5 10-3/4 273 (24-32) (35,7-47,6) (32.2) (47,9) (32.75-40.5) (48,7-60,2) 2-102-2 2-102 2-1441-3 2-1441-3 8-5/8 219,1 9-5/8 244,5 10-3/4 273 13-3/8 339,7 (36-49) (53,5-72,8) (36-53.5) (53,5-79,5) (45.5-55.5) (67,6-82,5) (48-68) (71,3-101,1) 2-102-2 2-1144 10-3/4 273 13-3/8 339,7 (60.7-71.1) (89,2-105,5) (72-91) (107-135,3)

18

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE SUPERLOY TUNGSTEN CARBIDE HARDFACING
Baker Oil Tools tungsten carbide is the finest hardfacing material available for downhole steel cutting or milling tools. Each step in SUPERLOY manufacturing assures uniformity and quality. The crushed sintered tungsten particles are suspended in a special copperbase brazing-type alloy with high nickel content. SUPERLOY has a tensile strength of 10,000 psi. MANUFACTURING PROCESS FEATURES/BENEFITS Tight control of manufacturing process assures uniformity and quality Highest quality cutting carbide used Rod form for easy application

3. Rod composition - Chips are screened for uniformity in size and shape. All chips that go into a specified size of SUPERLOY rod are identical in size to ensure the proper buildup on the tool being hardfaced. 1. Carbide selection - Only the finest steel cutting grade is used in making SUPERLOY . There are two basic grades of tungsten carbide, one suitable for cutting steel and the other highly resistant to abrasive wear. These carbides are very similar and require a special process to separate the grades.

4. Ultimate control - SUPERLOY rod is made in a thermostatically controlled furnace under rigidly supervised conditions. The time/temperature relationship is closely monitored to ensure that every carbide particle is completely tinned.

2. Hand selected chips - After crushing, the solid chips are hand picked to assure sharp cutting edges. This personal, hand selection process eliminates any slivers, fish scales, or rounded chips which might deter maximum cutting efficiency.

5. Individual attention to each rod - Each rod is hand cleaned after leaving the furnace and individually flux coated. This extra special coating speeds the application of the rod to the base metal being hardfaced.

SIZES AND PACKAGING All SUPERLOY rods are 18" (457 mm) long and vary in diameter from 1/4" to 1/2" (6,5 mm to 12,7 mm) depending on chip size. Rods are sealed in plastic bags and packaged in 10 lbs (4,5 kg) boxes. Rod size is determined by chip size. For example: 1/2" x 7/16" (12,7 mm x 11,1 mm) rod is composed of tungsten carbide chips that will pass through a 1/2" (12,7 mm) mesh screen and be caught by a 7/16" (11,1 mm) mesh screen. 19

FISHING SERVICES
SUPERLOY JUNK MILL Product No. 151-06
Junk Mills are designed to mill rock bits, reamer blades, or any other debris which may obstruct a wellbore. The junk mills have four basic designs. The J-1 Junk Mill is manufactured from a solid piece of 4140 heat-treated alloy. The water course and stabilizer pads are machined out and the SUPERLOY is applied as per set welding procedures. The OD of the milling head and stabilizer, if present, are both ground smooth to eliminate any risk of casing damage. The longer milling heads also reduce the risk of casing damage or side-tracking. The J-2 is identical in design to the J-1 except that the OD of the mill is rough. The J-2 is used only in openhole situations. The J-3 and J-4 are welded blades on the milling head and the stabilizer pads. The J-3 is dressed with SUPERLOY then ground smooth for cased hole applications. The J-4 is rough OD for open-hole applications. All junk mills have standard pin-up API Reg connections. The connection will be dependent on the mill OD. FEATURES/BENEFITS Extra long mill heads reduce risk of casing damage Dressed with SUPERLOY Rugged design Available for all hole sizes Manufactured from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel

SUPERLOY TAPER MILL Product No. 151-10

Taper Mills are designed to enter restricted areas in casing, tubing, or openhole and remove restrictions or obstructions by milling. Taper mill designs vary based on the intended use. Taper mills designed for use inside casing are dressed with SUPERLOY from the reduced OD at the bottom of the mill to the full drift of the casing. Once full drift OD is reached, the taper mill will have a length of smooth, turned down SUPERLOY for stabilization, minimizing any unnecessary casing damage. For open-hole applications the rough SUPERLOY cutting structure would extend over the entire dressed area of the mill. Taper mills are also used in casing milling operations so debris inside the casing stub can be removed as the casing is milled and as to act as a guide when re-entering the casing stub. When run with a section mill, the taper mill acts as a stabilizer reducing vibration; thereby, increasing section mill life. FEATURES/BENEFITS Allows control to hold mill inside the casing better than a conventional junk mill Milling restrictions from the casing ID incrementally Manufactured from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel Dressed with SUPERLOY

Superloy Junk Mill Product No. 151-06

Superloy Taper Mill Product No. 151-10

20

FISHING SERVICES
STRING AND WATERMELON MILLS Product No. 151-09
The String and Watermelon Mills are designed with many functions in mind. The primary function of the mills is to elongate casing windows during a whipstock operation. They can also be used to remove obstructions in casing. In open hole, they can be used to ream through key seats. These type mills are often run above section mills so any bird nesting of cuttings accumulating at the top of the window can be milled away to ensure that the section mill can be pulled out of the hole. Most of the mills have a standard drillpipe or drill collar connection to eliminate cross-overs. FEATURES/BENEFITS Allows control to hold mill inside the casing better than a conventional junk mill Mills restrictions from the casing ID incrementally Manufactured from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel Dressed with SUPERLOY May be inserted into workstring at any point

DOUBLE AND SINGLE CLUTCH KEY SEAT WIPER Product Nos. 150-30 & 150-29
The Key Seat Wiper is used to remove or prevent key seats from forming in severe dog leg situations. The key seat wiper is constructed from AISI 4140 heat-treated steel. The blades are dressed with either SUPERLOY or tube borium. The blades are usually dressed to 1/2" larger than the OD of the drill collars. The key seat wiper is usually run between the drill collars and the heavy weight or drillpipe. When the key seat wiper pulls into a key seat, the sleeve will wedge and stick. This can be confirmed by slacking off and having 20" of free travel and free rotation. By rotating while picking up, the bottom clutch will transmit torque to the sleeve to wipe out the key seat. The double clutch key seat wiper incorporates a left-hand clutch on the top of the sleeve. This design makes it possible to jar the sleeve out of a key seat by applying weight and slowly rotating to the right. FEATURES/BENEFITS Non-rotating while drilling - will not damage wellbore while drilling Simple design and operation Dressed with SUPERLOY

String/Watermelon Mill Product No. 151-09

DOUBLE AND SINGLE CLUTCH KEY SEAT WIPER PRODUCT NOS. 150-30 & 150-29 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Single Clutch Connection Sleeve OD (In.) (mm) 3-1/2 API IF 4-3/4 120,7 4 FH 6 152,4 4-1/2 X-Hole 6-1/8 155,6 4-1/2 X-Hole 6-1/4 158,8 4-1/2 API IF 6-1/2 165,1 4-1/2 API IF 7-3/4 196,9

Double Clutch Connection Sleeve OD (In.) (mm) 3-1/2 API IF 4-3/4 120,7 4 FH 6 152,4 4-1/2 X-Hole 6-1/8 155,6 4-1/2 FH 6-1/4 158,8 4-1/2 API IF 6-1/2 165,1
Double and Single Clutch Key Seat Wiper Product Nos. 150-30 & 150-29

21

FISHING SERVICES
DOG LEG REAMER Product No. 151-24
The Dog Leg Reamer was designed to provide a means by which an offset in the casing may be removed to allow a liner to be run to bridge the dog leg. The tool consist of a milling section, a knuckle section and an articulated section. The articulated section provides a pilot into the well bore below the offset to eliminate the risk of an accidental sidetrack. The sealed knuckle section provides a primary rotation point that is adjacent to the bottom of the mill. The milling section consist of several sleeves that are rotationally locked onto the body. The sleeves are dressed with METAL MUNCHER inserts for maximum milling efficiency. FEATURES/BENEFITS METAL MUNCHER technology for efficient milling Replaceable mill sleeves for easy field dressing Knuckle joint can pivot up to 15 before binding will occur Sealed Knuckle Joint allows circulation for hole cleaning

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. 5-1/2 7 Tool OD Connection

mm 140 178

In. 4.75 6.241

mm 120,65 158,52
2-7/8 API I Reg 3-1/2 API IF

Dog Leg Reamer Product No. 151-24

22

FISHING SERVICES
METAL MUNCHER CARBIDE INSERT
In 1985 TRI-STATE changed the fishing industry forever with the introduction of the METAL MUNCHER Carbide Insert. The insert and the patented application of the insert to milling tools has increased penetration rates and mill life by as much as a 1000%. The slot recoveries that are routine today are economically possible because of this technology. Many of the problems associated with hole cleaning have been reduced by the smaller chips produced by the chip breaker insert. Many of the jobs that were traditionally performed by SUPERLOY dressing have been enhanced by this technology. The aggressive nature of the insert makes it ideal for milling special alloy metals. The pattered and constant removal of material means a reduction in the risk of workhardening high chrome tubulars and packers. Both METAL MUNCHER Junk Mills and METAL MUNCHER Packer Mills have SUPERLOY backing behind the insert. Consequently, if there is an insert failure, there is still the reliability of SUPERLOY to continue the job. In several cases where drillpipe has been cemented into a well, the use of METAL MUNCHER inserts on junk mills have recovered hole faster than conventional washing over and recovering. The METAL MUNCHER Insert is most commonly associated with pilot mills but is available on section, junk, expanding, and window mills. FEATURES/BENEFITS Higher penetration rates Smaller cuttings Extended mill life Aggressive cutting structure for cutting alloys

METAL MUNCHER PILOT MILL (patented) Product No. 151-21

The METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill is a high-performance mill used for milling washover pipe, casing, and liners. The blade design continuously indexes a new cutting surface during milling. The insert design produces small, uniform, and easy to handle cuttings. The METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill should be run with a shock sub and sufficient drill collars to provide a wide range of milling weights. Both weight on mill and RPMs will be determined by penetration rate, torque, and cuttings removal. Pilot milling with the METAL MUNCHER inserts should be treated as a machining process rather than a milling process. Once the optimum weight and RPM is established it should be adhered to. The fast R.O.P. of the tool, allows up to ten times the volume of cuttings in a given period of time as conventional pilot mills. This will require a mud system capable of suspending the cuttings and carrying them to the surface. A mud with high, low shear values has been effective in cuttings removal. Special consideration should be given to additional surface equipment to handle cuttings. METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mills are available to cut all standard sizes of casing and can be manufactured for any size. The mills can be manufactured with a connection down for milling applications that are too close to surface to run sufficient drill collar weight above the mill. FEATURES/BENEFITS Increased rates of penetration Smaller cuttings Long mill life

METAL MUNCHER Pilot Mill Product No. 151-21

METAL MUNCHER PILOT MILL PRODUCT NO. 151-21 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing Size Connection Blade OD Casing Size Connection Blade OD (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 2-3/8 API Reg 5-1/2 139,7 8-5/8 219,1 4-1/2 API Reg 10-1/8 257,2 5 127 2-7/8 API Reg 6-1/16 154 9-5/8 244,5 6-5/8 API Reg 11-1/8 282,6 5-1/2 139,7 3-1/2 API Reg 6-9/16 166,7 10-3/4 273,1 6-5/8 API Reg 12-1/4 311,2 6-5/8 168,3 4-1/2 API Reg 7-7/8 200 11-3/4 298,5 6-5/8 API Reg 13-1/4 336,6 7 177,8 4-1/2 API Reg 8-5/32 207,2 13-3/8 339,7 6-5/8 API Reg 14-7/8 377,8 7-5/8 193,7 4-1/2 API Reg 9 228,6

23

FISHING SERVICES
METAL MUNCHER JUNK MILL Product No. 151-02
The METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill is designed for milling stationary obstructions. The junk mill utilizes the patented METAL MUNCHER technology as the lead cutting structure while being backed up by SUPERLOY tungsten carbide hard facing. With the SUPERLOY backup, if the METAL MUNCHER inserts become damaged the mill will perform like a standard junk mill until a new row of inserts is reached. The mills have been used to mill cemented tubing, in some cases, at rates exceeding 30 ft per hour. Cemented drill collars and drillpipes have in many cases been milled faster than they could be washed over and recovered. FEATURES/ BENEFITS Increases penetration rates Increases mill life Smaller cuttings SUPERLOY backup means the mill will mill comparable to standard SUPERLOY Junk Mill Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Can be applied to any size mill

METAL MUNCHER PACKER MILL Product No. 140-71

The METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill is designed for milling packers in the shortest possible time without creating large debris. The packer mill utilizes the patented METAL MUNCHER technology as the lead cutting structure while being backed up by SUPERLOY tungsten carbide hard facing. With the SUPERLOY backup, if the METAL MUNCHER inserts become damaged the mill will perform like a standard packer mill until a new row of inserts is reached. The METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill can be used with most packer retrieving spears. The aggressive cutting structure of the inserts make these mills ideal for the milling of Inconel and high chrome harsh environment packers. FEATURES/BENEFITS Increases penetration rate Increases mill life Smaller cuttings By milling the entire packer away, large pieces of packer debris are eliminated SUPERLOY backing means the mill will mill comparable to standard SUPERLOY Packer Mill Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill Product No. 151-02

METAL MUNCHER Packer Mill Product No. 140-71

24

FISHING SERVICES
BOOT BASKET Product No. 130-16
Boot Baskets are used to trap cuttings which are too large to circulate out of the hole during drilling, milling, or junk fishing operations. The design of the boot basket traps junk by producing a sudden decrease in annular velocity when the cuttings pass the larger OD of the boot reaching the smaller OD of the body and top connection. The boot basket should be run as close as possible to the mill, bit, or junk basket. Milling procedures are carried out as usual with normal circulation. Additional boot baskets may be run in tandem to increase the junk catching capacity. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Contracted from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel Can be run in tandem Box-down, pin-up design so that boot basket may be run directly above a mill or bit May be ordered with 10" or 20" long baskets

WASHPIPE BOOT BASKET Product No. 130-19

The Washpipe Boot Basket has multiple functions in a washover assembly. Like the standard Boot Basket, the Washpipe boot basket is used to trap cuttings too large to be circulated out. The washpipe connection eliminates the need for a cross-over bushing. The Washpipe Boot Basket with the third inner connection, is used for packer milling and retrieving operations. In both operations, components of the BHA are eliminated reducing the risk of BHA failure. The Washpipe Boot Basket is available in most of the smaller washpipe sizes. The inner connections are available with 8 round or PRT connections. FEATURES/BENEFITS Reduces cross-overs in workstring The first drop in annular velocity occurs at the boot catcher Simple design and operation Manufactured from AISI 4140

Boot Basket Product No. 130-16

BOOT BASKET PRODUCT NO. 130-16 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Connection Boot OD Connection Boot OD Connection Boot OD (In.) (mm) 6-5/8 168,3 (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 1 MT 1.813 46 2-3/8 API Reg 3-5/16 84,1 3-1/2 88,9 4-1/2 API Reg 7 177,8 8-5/8 219,1 9-5/8 244,5 1-1/4 MT 2.250 57 2-7/8 API Reg 4 101,6 5 127,0 1-1/2 MT 2.300 58 2.500 63

3-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 139,7 6-5/8 API Reg 10-3/4 273,1 12-3/4 323,9

Washpipe Boot Basket Product No. 130-19

25

FISHING SERVICES
GLOBE TYPE JUNK BASKET Product No. 130-22
The Globe Type Junk Basket is used to recover any type of small objects that may be in the wellbore. It is a simple design which consists of a hollow milling head, a double set of free rotating finger catchers, middle body, and top sub. The successful operation of the tool requires that a core be cut from the formation. Any junk that may have obstructed normal drilling will be recovered above the core. If no recovery is made, but a good core is recovered, in most cases normal drilling may continue. Because it cannot produce any reverse circulating action or vacuum, the Globe Type Junk Basket is primarily used in open hole. The Globe Type Junk Basket converts easily to a Jet Type Basket by installing a Jet Bushing between the top sub and the body of the Globe Type Junk Basket. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Does not require ball to operate Converts to Jet Type Basket

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Minimum Head OD (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 4 101,6 4-5/8 117,5 5-1/2 139,7 5-7/8 149,2 6-1/4 158,8 7-1/8 181,0 7-3/8 187,3 7-7/8 200,0 8-1/4 209,6 9 228,6 10-1/4 260,4 11-1/4 285,8 14-1/2 368,3 Head ID 3-1/32 77,0 3-13/32 86,5 4-5/16 109,5 4-13/16 122,2 5-7/16 138,1 5-5/8 142,9 6-3/16 157,2 6-17/32 165,9 7-3/16 182,6 6-17/32 165,9 7-11/16 195,3 9-1/8 231,8 12-3/8 314,3 Body OD 4 101,6 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 139,7 5-3/4 146,1 7-1/8 181,0 7-3/8 187,3 7-3/8 187,3 8-1/8 206,4 8-5/16 211,1 10-1/8 257,2 10-3/8 263,5 13-3/4 349,3 Connection 2-3/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg

Globe Type Junk Basket Product No. 130-22

26

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC JUNK BASKET Product No. 130-73
The Hydraulic Junk Basket is a pressure operated junk recovery tool. It consists of a basket head, catcher, sleeve, piston assembly, and top sub. The piston assembly contains a first stage piston to drive the catcher down and collapse under the junk. The second stage of the piston assembly allows the tool to drain while pulling out of the hole avoiding a wet string. Once the catcher has been closed, it offers 360 recovery surface. One ball is used to operate the catch and drain feature of the tool. In operation, the Hydraulic Junk Basket is run to bottom and the hole circulated down to the fish. Once washing is complete, the ball should be dropped while off bottom. Lower tool back to bottom (DO NOT CUT A CORE) and start the pumps with the fill-up line open. Slowly close the fill-up line until the pressure shears the shear pin. This will force the piston down closing the catcher and shifting the inner piston so the string may be pulled dry. The catcher is a disposable item. If it is necessary to rerun the junk basket, the catcher must be replaced. FEATURES/BENEFITS 360 recovery surface Cutting of core not required Easily field dressed Two stage piston assembly eliminates need to pull wet string

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Hole Size Body OD (In.) (mm) Catch ID (In.) (mm) Max. Dressed OD (In.) (mm) Top Connection (Box) Ball OD (In.) (mm) Minimum Pressure to Close Catcher (psi) (bar) Shear Pin Size (In.) (mm) Hole Size Body OD (In.) (mm) Catch ID (In.) (mm) Max. Dressed OD (In.) (mm) Top Connection (Box) Ball OD (In.) (mm) Minimum Pressure to Close Catcher (psi) (bar) Shear Pin Size (In.) (mm) 3-3/4 - 3-7/8 3-3/8 85,7 2-19/32 65,9 3-3/4 95,3 2-3/8 API Reg 7/8 22,2 1800 124,14 1/8 3,2 7-7/8 - 9 7-13/16 198,4 6-13/32 162,7 8-3/4 222,3 4-1/2 API Reg 1 25,4 2000 137,93 7/32 5,6 4-1/8 - 4-3/4 4 101,6 3-1/32 77,0 4-3/4 120,7 2-7/8 API Reg 1 25,4 2000 137,93 5/32 4,0 8-5/8 - 9 8-1/4 209,6 6-27/32 173,8 9 228,6 4-1/2 API Reg 1-11/16 42,9 2000 137,93 7/32 5,6 6-1/8 - 6-3/4 5-3/4 146,1 4-1/4 108,0 6-3/4 171,5 3-1/2 API Reg 1 25,4 2000 137,93 7/32 5,6 9-1/2 - 11 9-1/4 235,0 7-7/16 188,9 10-3/4 273,1 4-1/2 API IF 1-11/16 42,9 2000 137,93 1/4 6,4 6-1/2 - 6-3/4 6-1/4 158,8 4-11/16 119,1 6-3/4 171,5 3-1/2 API Reg 1 25,4 2000 137,93 7/32 5,6 11-1/2 - 13-3/4 11-3/8 288,9 9-21/32 245,3 12-3/4 323,9 6-5/8 API Reg 1-5/8 41,3 2000 137,93 1/4 6,4 7-3/8 - 7-7/8 7-5/16 185,7 5-11/16 144,5 7-7/8 200,0 4-1/2 API Reg 1 25,4 2000 137,93 7/32 5,6 17-1/2 - 20 16-1/2 419,1 14 355,6 17-1/2 444,5 6-5/8 API Reg 2 50,8 2000 137,93 5/16 7,9
Hydraulic Junk Basket Product No. 130-73

27

FISHING SERVICES
COMBINATION BALL TYPE JET AND JUNK BASKET Product No. 130-97
The Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket is a single tool that has a combination reverse circulation and coring ability allowing two junk recovery operations in one run. In the first operation using high velocity, the tool jet assembly diverts drilling fluid out of the jet nozzles down the OD of the tool. Then the fluid goes up through the bottom of the tool and forces any junk items such as bit cones and hand tools up into the ID of the bushing. The caught debris is held by the catchers attached to the tool. To complete the recovery, the tool is rotated and lowered into the formation to core up any remaining junk. Prior to dropping the ball, fluid is circulated through the ID to wash over the junk. After bottom has been tagged, the string is picked up off bottom to drop the ball. Once the ball has seated in the jet assembly a seat-pump pressure will shift the plunger and begin reverse circulation. Fluid circulation then rewashes over the junk and forces it up into the basket while rotating between 30 and 60 RPMs. A small core may be cut at this point to ensure that all junk will be retrieved. FEATURES/BENEFITS Eliminates pulling a wet string after coring junk When sheared, jet assembly acts as a drain when tripping out of hole One-trip complete recovery is ensured by combination reverse circulation and coring ability Body tool parts constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Ceramic jet nozzles are durable, corrosion resistant, and economical to replace Four basic tools have subassemblies to cover hole sizes from 3-3/4" through 17-1/2" Can be used to core samples and ream under gauge holes to reach junk on bottom

2-3/8 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies Bushing and Basket Head OD Catcher ID Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 3-1/2 88,9 2-23/32 69 7/8 22,2 4 101,6 3-1/32 76,9 7/8 22,2 4-5/8 117,5 3-13/32 86,5 7/8 22,2

3-1/2 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies Bushing and Basket Head OD Catcher ID Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 5-1/2 139,7 4-3/32 103,9 1-1/16 26,4 5-7/8 149,2 4-5/16 109,5 1-1/8 28,6 6-1/4 158,8 4-13/16 122,2 1-1/8 28,6 7-1/8 181 5-7/16 138,1 1-1/8 28,6

4-1/2 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies Bushing and Basket Head OD Catcher ID Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 7-7/8 200 6-3/16 157,1 1-11/16 42,9 8-1/4 209,6 6-1/2 165,1 1-11/16 42,9 9 228,6 7-1/16 179,3 1-11/16 42,9

6-5/8 API Regular Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket
Sub Assemblies Bushing and Basket Head OD Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket Product No. 130-97 Catcher ID Jet Assembly Steel Ball Diameter (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 10-1/4 260,4 7-13/16 198,4 2-1/4 57,2 11-1/4 285,8 9-1/8 231,7 2-1/4 57,2 14-1/2 368,3 12-1/16 306,3 2-1/4 57,2

28

FISHING SERVICES
JET BUSHING Product No. 130-96
The Jet Bushing operates on the same principle as the Combination Ball Type Junk Basket. The high velocity of the fluid through the jets creates a vacuum inside the barrel of the tool which causes a reverse circulating effect. This reverse circulation action makes it possible to recover junk without cutting a core. The Jet Bushing operates by dropping a ball to divert all flow from the downward jet to the outer jets. The Jet Bushing has washpipe box and pin connections making it possible to cross-over to any washpipe size. Washpipe extensions may be added above or below the bushing. This flexibility makes it possible to place the finger catchers as close or as far away from the shoe as conditions dictate. Additionally, the bushing is ideal for recovering loose junk which has fallen beside a retrievable bridge plug or debris that may have fallen around the drillpipe hung off in subsea preventers. When working on smaller rigs with limited pump capacity, the jets are easily changed to accommodate available pump capacity. FEATURES/BENEFITS Bottom jet will wash away any formation that has settled while going in hole No core required No moving parts Versatility of hole size and finger catcher placement provided by washpipe connections Removable junk strainer Removable jets Can be manufactured with any washpipe thread

INTERNAL BOOT BASKET Product No. 130-21

The Internal Boot Basket is designed to trap debris too small to recover in a standard finger type junk catcher. The catcher bushing is run with a Combination Ball Type Jet and Junk Basket or a Jet Bushing. The catcher bushing can be run with or without a standard junk basket head with finger catchers. FEATURES/BENEFITS No moving parts Versatility of hole size provided by washpipe connections Can be manufactured with any washpipe thread

Jet Bushing Product No. 130-96

Internal Boot Basket Product No. 130-21

29

FISHING SERVICES
M REVERSE CIRCULATING TOOL Product No. 131-23
The M Reverse Circulating Tool (RCT) is a unique device used to effect reverse circulation in a downhole work area. Conventional circulation is routed from the inside to the outside of the tool and exits below the tool/casing annulus packoff thus establishing flow down the annulus in the area located below the packoff. As circulation reaches bottom, it turns and comes up the inside diameter of the tool and exits into the casing/ workstring annulus above the packoff for return to surface. An inner Boot Basket Junk Catcher is incorporated into the RCT to catch and retain debris circulated from the wellbore. The RCT allows washover and milling operations to be conducted in a reverse circulation mode causing milled junk to be caught and retained inside the tool. The RCT has proven to be an effective tool for use in both vertical and directional wells. FEATURES/BENEFITS Eliminates casing damage caused by junk trapped between the casing and the bottomhole assemblies Faster rate of penetration and longer shoe life Eliminates damage to bottomhole assemblies by keeping milled junk inside the RCT Allows reverse circulation downhole without having to reverse from surface Can be utilized below open-thief zones or damaged casing Fishing, milling, and washover operations can be conducted continuously while reverse circulating It is not necessary for the hole to be full - fluid level must stand above working depth

M REVERSE CIRCULATING TOOL PRODUCT NO. 131-23 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing OD Weight Top Connection Bottom Connection Tool OD (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) 7 177,8 23 - 38 34,2 - 56,5 3-1/2 API-IF 5-1/2 WFJ 5-9/16 141,3 7-5/8 193,7 24 - 39 35,7 - 58 3-1/2 API-IF 5-1/2 WFJ 5-9/16 141,3 8-5/8 219,1 28 - 44 41,6 - 65,4 3-1/2 API-IF 5-1/2 WFJ 5-9/16 141,3 9-5/8 244,5 32.3 - 53.5 48 - 79,5 3-1/2 API-IF 5-1/2 WFJ 5-9/16 141,3

M Reverse Circulating Tool Product No. 131-23

30

FISHING SERVICES
WINDOWMASTER Product No. 150-77
The WindowMaster is the first one-trip window milling system. The WindowMaster mill design makes it possible to run the milling and reaming assembly with the whipstock while starting and completing the window to full opening, all in the same trip. The WindowMaster mills utilize METAL MUNCHER technology so that the window is not only achieved in one run, but also results in less milling time than conventional mills. The packer/anchor and bottom trip anchor are compatible with the WindowMaster Whipstock Systems, as described on pages 34-36. The milling assembly is sheared off with downward force only. The milling weight should be low and constant throughout the operation and milling should continue until the entire milling assembly has passed through the window. After the proper depth is reached, the milling assembly should be able to pass in and out of the window with no drag. If drag occurs continue reaming until the milling assembly can pass freely through the window. FEATURES/BENEFITS One BHA trip window Milling and reaming performed simultaneously Trip time is less than conventional window cutting operations Variety of packers/anchor systems available Retrievable feature available Utilizes METAL MUNCHER technology

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. mm 5-1/2 140 Casing Weight lb/ft kg/m 14.00 6,36 15.50 7,05 17.00 7,73 20.00 9,09 23.00 10,45 20.00 9,09 20.00 9,09 23.00 - 26.00 10,45 - 11,81 29.00 13,18 32.00 14,55 35.00 15,91 29.70 13,50 33.70 15,32 39.00 17,73 42.80 19,45 45.3 - 47.1 20,59 - 21,40 36.00 16,36 40.00 18,18 43.50 19,77 47.00 21,36 53.5 - 58.4 24,31 - 26,54 Whipstock OD In. mm 4-1/8 105 4-1/8 105 4-1/8 105 4-1/8 105 4-1/8 105 5-1/2 140 5-1/2 140 5-1/2 140 5-1/2 140 5-1/2 140 5-1/2 140 6 152 6 152 6 152 5-1/2 140 5-1/2 140 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 Upper Watermelon Mill OD In. mm 4-3/4 121 4-3/4 121 4-3/4 121 4-1/2 114 4-1/2 114 5.875 149 6.25 159 6.151 156 6.151 156 5.969 152 5.875 149 6.75 171 6.625 168 6.5 165 6.375 162 6.25 159 8.765 223 8.675 220 8.6 218 8.5 216 8.375 213

6-5/8 168 7 178

7-5/8 194

9-5/8 244

For information on Thru-Tubing Whipstock, see pages 100-101. For more information on Watermelon, String, and Taper Mills, see pages 20-21.

WindowMaster Product No. 150-77

31

FISHING SERVICES
EASTMAN STYLE WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM Product No. 150-74
The Eastman Style Whipstock is the industry standard permanent whipstock sidetrack system. Hundreds of these systems have been successfully run and anchors available consist of either a permanent anchor/packer system or bottom-trip anchor. The whipstock is made of AISI 4140 material and is specifically designed for each casing size and weight. The whipstock is tripped into the hole with a starting mill and held in place with a shear bolt attached to a lug pad. After the whipstock is oriented in the proper direction, the shear bolt is severed and milling procedure begins. The initial cut is most crucial and this is accomplished by the starting mill in the first 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 feet. This assembly is then tripped out and the window/watermelon mill is run to mill and ream the rest of the window. If needed, a clean-up run can be made with a tapered mill and watermelon mill assembly. SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size mm In. 5 127,0 Casing Size lbs/ft mm 18 26,8 15 22,3 13 19,4 11.5 17,1 23 34,3 20 29,8 17 25,3 15.5 23,1 14 20,9 32 47,7 28 41,7 24 35,7 20 29,8 38 56,6 35 52,1 32 47,7 29 43,2 26 38,7 23 34,3 20 29,8 17 25,3 39 58,1 33.7 50,2 29.7 44,2 26.4 39,3 24 35,7 49 73,0 44 65,5 40 59,6 36 53,6 32 47,7 28 41,7 24 35,7 53.5 79,7 47 70,0 43.5 64,8 40 59,6 36 53,3 32.3 48,1 55.5 82,7 51 76,0 45 5 67,8 40.5 60,3 32.75 48,8 60 89,4 54 80,4 47 70,0 42 62,6 72 107,2 68 101,3 61 90,9 54.5 81,2 48 71,5 Drift Diameter In. mm 4.151 105,4 4.283 108,8 4.369 111,0 4.435 112,6 4.545 115,4 4.653 118,2 4.767 121,1 4.825 122,6 4.887 124,1 5.55 141,0 5.666 143,9 5.796 147,2 5.924 150,5 5.795 147,2 5.879 149,3 5.969 151,6 6.059 153,9 6.151 156,2 6.241 158,5 6.331 160,8 6.413 162,9 6.5 165,1 6.64 168,7 6.75 171,5 6.844 173,8 6.9 175,3 7.386 187,6 7.5 190,5 7.6 193,0 7.7 195,6 7.796 198,0 7.892 200,5 7.972 202,5 8.379 212,8 8.525 216,5 8.599 218,4 8.679 220,4 8.765 222,6 8.845 224,7 9.604 243,9 6.694 170,0 9.794 248,8 9.894 251,3 10.036 254,9 10.616 269,6 10.724 272,4 10.844 275,4 10.928 277,6 12.191 309,7 12.259 311,4 12.359 313,9 12.459 316,5 12.559 319,0 Whipstock OD In. mm 3-7/8 98,4 4 101,6 4 101,6 4 101,6 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 139,7 5-1/2 139,7 6 152,4 6 152,4 6-1/4 158,8 6-1/4 158,8 6-1/4 158,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 8 203,2 8 203,2 8 203,2 8 203,2 8 203,2 8 203,2 9 228,6 9 228,6 9 228,6 9 228,6 9 228,6 10 254,0 10 254,0 10 254,0 10 254,0 11-1/2 292,1 11-1/2 292,1 11-1/2 292,1 11-1/2 292,1 11-1/2 292,1 Whipstock Packer In. mm 4 100,8 4 100,8 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/3 109,9 4-1/3 109,9 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/2 138,9 5-1/2 138,9 5-1/2 138,9 5-1/2 138,9 5-1/2 138,9 5-1/2 138,9 5-2/3 144,5 5-2/3 144,5 5-2/3 144,5 5-2/3 144,5 6-1/5 157,2 6-1/5 157,2 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/8 161,9 7-1/8 181,0 7-1/8 181,0 7-1/8 181,0 7-1/8 181,0 7-1/2 190,5 7-1/2 190,5 7-1/2 190,5 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 9-4/9 239,7 9-4/9 239,7 9-4/9 239,7 9-4/9 239,7 9-4/9 239,7 10-4/9 265,1 10-4/9 265,1 10-4/9 265,1 10-4/9 265,1 12 304,8 12 304,8 12 304,8 12 304,8 12 304,8 Mill Size In. 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-7/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-3/4 6-7/8 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 7-7/8 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-3/4 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-3/4 9-7/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 10-3/4 10-3/4 12-1/8 12-1/8 12-1/4 12-1/4 12-3/8

5-1/2

139,7

6-5/8

168,3

177,8

7-5/8

193,7

8-5/8

219,1

9-5/8

244,5

10-3/4

273,1

11-3/4

298,5

13-3/8

339,7

Eastman Style Whipstock System Product No. 150-74

mm 104,8 108,0 108,0 111,1 114,3 117,5 120,7 120,7 123,8 139,7 142,9 146,1 149,2 146,1 149,2 149,2 152,4 155,6 155,6 158,8 161,9 165,1 168,3 171,5 171,5 174,6 187,3 190,5 190,5 193,7 196,9 200,0 200,0 212,7 215,9 215,9 219,1 222,3 222,3 241,3 244,5 247,7 247,7 250,8 266,7 269,9 273,1 273,1 308,0 308,0 311,2 311,2 314,3

32

FISHING SERVICES
CEMENTED WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM Product No. 150-68
The Cemented Whipstock is used in applications where the casing integrity is in question, or in low-cost environment operations. The Cemented Whipstock System consists of a whipstock with a circulating port through the length of the whipstock, a perforated tube or casing below the whipstock, and a running tool. The whipstock is run in the hole with the running tool and set on a cement plug, bridge plug, or false bottom and can also be oriented. Cement is pumped through the running tool, through the whipstock, and through the perforated tube back up around the whipstock. A shear bolt is severed, separating the whipstock from the running tool, and cement is brought up to a predetermined height above the top of the whipstock. Cement can be reverse circulated at that point. After the cement hardens, the millout assembly is run to mill out through the casing. The cement supports the window mill so the mill is forced by the whipstock into the casing wall and an exit is performed. An optional clean-out assembly can then be run after milling out into formation. FEATURES/BENEFITS Low cost system if rig time is not a concern Ideal application if casing integrity is poor or suspect Conventionally orientated Cement secures whipstock into casing Cement forms an internal casing pressure seal from lower production

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. mm 5 127 Weight lb/ft kg/m 11.5 - 18 17,1 - 26,8 18 - 24.2 26,8 - 36,1 5-1/2 140 14 - 20 20,9 - 29,8 23 - 29.7 34,3 - 44,3 6-5/8 168 6 152 7 178 9-5/8 244 17 - 24 25,3 - 35,8 28 - 36.7 41,7 - 54,7 20 - 38 29,8 - 56,7 29.3 - 40 43,7 - 59,6 43.5 - 53.5 64,9 - 79,8 OD In. mm 4 102 3-3/4 95 4-1/2 114 4 102 5-1/2 139 5-1/4 133 5-5/8 143 8-3/8 213 8 203 Whipstock Perforated Extension In. mm 3-1/2 89 3-1/2 89 4 102 3-1/2 89 4-1/2 114 4-1/2 114 5 127 7 178 7 178 Window Size In. mm 3-3/4 - 4-3/8 95 - 111 3-3/4 - 4-1/8 95 - 105 4-5/8 - 4-7/8 117 - 124 4-1/4 - 4-1/2 108 - 114 5-3/4 146 5-3/8 - 5-5/8 137 - 143 5-3/4 - 6-1/4 146 - 159 8-5/8 - 8-7/8 219 - 225 8-1/2 - 8-3/8 216 - 211

For information on Thru-Tubing Whipstock, see pages 100-101. For more information on Watermelon, String, and Taper Mills, see pages 20-21.
Cemented Whipstock Product No. 150-68

33

FISHING SERVICES
TORQUEMASTER WHIPSTOCK PACKER Product No. 415-18
The TorqueMaster Packer and anchor system is to permanently orient and anchor a whipstock in a cased wellbore for sidetrack operations. The TorqueMaster operates the same as Bakers traditional whipstock packers, but has some performance enhancements. These enhancements include an increased pressure rating, torque rating, weldless construction, and shorter design to decrease whipstock deflections. The TorqueMaster system offers improved performance over DW-1 whipstock packers, and W-2 whipstock anchors. The TorqueMaster is not intended to replace the ML whipstock packer and anchor where production from below the packer is expected after sidetrack operations. The size designation on the new TorqueMaster packer includes two numbers. The first number indicates the OD, and the second number denotes the ID. For example, a 588-32 is a 5.88" (149,4 mm) OD with a seal bore ID of 3.25" (32,6 mm). FEATURES/BENEFITS Short compact design minimizes whipstock deflection Orientation is adjustable within 1.5 accuracy Patent pending cam cone design withstands up to 20,000 ft-lbs. (27,093N-m) of torque Unique wicker pattern on slips to resist torque and axial loads No welded components Orientation key not located in a pressure containing member System is compatible with other whipstock manufacturers Enhanced orientation key Packer can function as a bridge plug Packer orientation key and anchors muleshoe have maximum contact area for bearing strength 7500 psi (51,7 MPa) plugged pressure rating 70 to 300F (21 to 149C) temperature rating Drillpipe connections standard on anchor Shuttle piston compensates for fluid displacement when stabbing anchor into a closed system

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. mm 5.500 Weight lbs/ft kg/m 23.00 20.00 17.00 15.50 14.00 38.00 24.00 35.00 32.00 29.00 26.00 23.00 42.80 20.00 42.80 20.00 46.10 17.00 39.00 33.70 29.70 26.40 24.00 53.50 47.00 43.50 40.00 36.60 40.50 45.50 51.00 55.50 *New Size 433-19 (A) RPP Size 42-26 D Packer Gauge OD In. mm 4.328 Packer Range Min ID Max ID In. mm In. mm 4.578 116,28 4.868 123,64 1.968 450-19 (A) 44-26 D 4.500 Packer Seal Bore In. mm

140

5.500 7.000 6.625 7.000 7.000 7.000 7.625 7.000 7.625 7.000 7.750 7.000 7.625 7.625

140 178 168 178 178 178 194 178 194 178 197 178 194 194

9.625

245

TorqueMaster Whipstock Packer Product No. 415-18

(A)

10.750

273

34,30 29,82 25,35 23,11 20,87 56,67 35,79 52,20 47,72 43,24 38,77 34,30 63,83 29,82 63,83 29,82 68,75 25,35 58,16 50,25 44,29 39,37 35,79 79,78 70,09 64,87 59,65 54,58 60,40 67,85 76,05 82,77

110

50

114

4.819

122

5.090

129

569-26 (A) 588-26

(A)

83-40 F 85-40 F

5.687 5.875

144 149

5.801 5.990

147
152

6.123 6.293

156 160

600-26 (A)

87-40 F

6.000

152

6.187

157

6.750

171

2.688 625-26 (A) 89-40 F 6.250

68

159

6.376

162

6.750

171

650-26 (A)

91-40 F

6.500

165

6.662

169

7.129

181

813-26

194-47 D

8.125

206

8.405

213

9.050

230

944-26 (A)

214-47 D

9.437

240

9.604

244 10.190 259

Sizes under developement.

34

FISHING SERVICES
WHIPSTOCK ONE TRIP HYDRAULIC SET PACKER (ANNULAR SET) Product No. 415-18
The Whipstock One Trip Hydraulic Packer has been designed to be run in hole with the WindowMaster system. Once at depth the whipstock is oriented, the packer is set, and the window is cut. Thus a true one trip whipstock system is available. The packer is annular pressure sensitive and is set by increasing annulus pressure to a predetermined value. When set, the packer is anchored and rotationally locked to the casing by means of a field proven slip mechanism. The Whipstock One Trip Hydraulic Packer may be used only in wells with pressure integrity of casing intact. FEATURES/BENEFITS Patented slip profile provides positive resistance to rotation of the packer within the casing. The 9-5/8" casing packer has been torqued to 20,000 ftlbs (27200 Nm) without failure. Provides proven sealing reliability of a Model D Packing Element System. Packer is plugged when set and acts as a barrier to pressure below. The 9-5/8" packer has been tested to 5000 psi (344,82 bar) above and below the element. The WindowMaster Whipstock can be retrieved from the set packer. Along with the WindowMaster Whipstock, the packer top sub and setting sleeve mechanism is retrieved leaving a short non-rotating packer in hole if milling of packer is required. If the WindowMaster Whipstock has to be retrieved, the packer bore can be speared with a packer retrieving tool if washing over the packer slips is the preferred method of retrieval. The 9-5/8" packer has a 500,000 lbs (227272 kg) set down and 180,000 lbs (81818 kg) (disconnect shear ring) tensile rating. Does not require bottom or bridge plug for setting.

9-5/8" PACKER SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Setting Depth (T.V.D) Commodity Number Casing Weight Rated Pressure (Above) Rated Pressure (Below) Torque Rating 5000 - 9000 ft / 1524 - 2743 m 415-18-1902 9000 - 13000 ft / 2743 - 3962 m 415-18-1903

40 - 53.5 lbs/ft / 53,65 - 79,78 kg/m 40 - 53.5 lbs/ft / 53,65 - 79,78 kg/m 5000 psi / 345 bar 7500 psi / 517 bar 20,000 ft-lbs / 27,000 Nm 5000 psi / 345 bar 7500 psi / 517 bar 20,000 ft-lbs / 27,000 Nm

7" PACKER SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Setting Depth (T.V.D) Casing Weight Rated Pressure (Above) Rated Pressure (Below) Torque Rating 2000 - 6000 ft / 610 - 1829 m 23 - 26 lbs/ft / 39,83 - 38,78 kg/m 5000 psi / 345 bar 5000 psi / 345 bar 10,000 ft-lbs / 13,500 Nm
Whipstock One Trip Hydraulic Set Packer (Annular Set) Product No. 415-18

35

FISHING SERVICES
BOTTOM TRIP ANCHOR Product No. 150-55
The Bottom Trip Anchor is a low cost alternative to the packer/anchor assembly. The mechanically-set anchor is energized on a bridge plug, cement plug, or other false bottom. The slip design, consisting of vertically or horizontally wickered slips, provides a 360 gripping area on a torsionally locked body. The Bottom Trip Anchors modular design allows use with most whipstock systems. Bottom Trip Anchors are available for permanent or retrievable whipstocks. FEATURES/BENEFITS Low cost Proven design Retrievable design allows for slip retraction which prevents scaring casing during the retrieving process Does not require circulation to activate, may be used with MWD Extensions may be added to plunger adjusting depth of window in relation to obstruction or restriction Slip design eliminates risk of rotation

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. mm 5-1/2 140 5-1/2 140 7 178 7 178 7-5/8 194 7-5/8 194 9-5/8 244 9-5/8 244 Casing Weight lb/ft kg/m 14.00 - 15.50 6,36 - 7,04 17.00 - 20.00 7,72 - 9,09 23.00 - 29.00 10,45 - 13,18 32.00 - 38.00 14,54 - 17,27 29.70 - 33.70 13,50 - 15,31 42.80 - 47.10 19,45 - 21,41 32.30 - 36.00 14,68 - 16,36 40.00 - 53.50 18,18 - 24,32 Anchor OD In. mm 4.693 119 4.475 114 5.906 150 5.784 147 6.510 165 6.190 157 8.625 219 8.419 214 Assembly Number 150-55-5503 150-55-5504 150-55-7003 150-55-7004 150-55-7601 150-55-7602 150-55-9603 150-55-9602

Bottom Trip Anchor Product No. 150-55

36

FISHING SERVICES
ROLLING DOG WHIPSTOCK RETRIEVING OVERSHOT Product No. 150-64
The Rolling Dog Whipstock Retrieving Overshot is designed to be the second line of attack when retrieving a whipstock. The tool engages when it has passed over the whipstock then picked up. The bottom of the tool has a cutlip design so that the whipstock can be pulled off the wall into the overshot. If the whipstock cannot be pulled, the overshot may be released by using pump pressure to retract the dog. FEATURES/BENEFITS Cutlip design eliminates need to orientate tool downhole Hydraulically releasable Latches anywhere on the whipstock

LUG TYPE RETRIEVING TOOL Product No. 150-64

The Lug Type Retrieving Tool is designed to be the first line of attack in retrieval of a WindowMaster Whipstock. The Lug Type Retrieving Tool is designed to latch into the retrieval slot cut in the face of the whipstock. The tool is designed with wash ports so that the retrieval slot may be jetted out prior to attempting to engage. When properly oriented, the tool engages the whipstock with straight pick up. A MWD or wireline orientation sub should be run in case the proper orientation cannot be found. If the whipstock cannot be pulled, the tool is easily released using pump pressure to retract the lug. FEATURES/BENEFITS Hydraulically releasable Jetted for cleaning of retrieval window

Rolling Dog Whipstock Retrieving Overshot Product No. 150-64

LUG TYPE RETRIEVING TOOL PRODUCT NO. 150-64 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Casing Size In. mm 5-1/2 139,7 7 177,8 7-5/8 193,7 9-5/8 244,5 Casing Weight lb/ft kg/m 14 - 20 20,87 - 29,82 20 - 38 29,82 - 56,67 26.4 - 47.1 39,37 - 70,24 40 - 58.4 59,65 - 87,09 Tool OD In. mm 4.125 104,8 5.25 133,4 5.25 133,4 6.375 161,9 Connection 2-7/8 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 4-1/2 API IF

ROLLING DOG WHIPSTOCK RETRIEVING OVERSHOT PRODUCT NO. 150-64 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. mm 5-1/2 140 7 178 7 194 7-5/8 244 7-5/8 194 9-5/8 244 9-5/8 244 Casing Weight lb/ft kg/m 14 - 17 20,87 - 25,35 23 - 29 34,30 - 43,24 32 - 38 47,72 - 56,67 26.4 - 39 39,37 - 58,16 42.8 - 47.1 63,83 - 70,24 36 - 43.5 53,68 - 64,87 47 - 53.5 70,09 - 79,78 Tool OD In. mm 4.75 120,7 6 152,4 5.75 146,1 6.5 165,1 6.25 158,8 8.6 218,4 8.125 206,4 Connection 2-7/8 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 4-1/2 API IF 4-1/2 API IF

Lug Type Retrieving Tool Product No. 150-64

37

FISHING SERVICES
ML WHIPSTOCK PACKER AND ML ORIENTATION ANCHOR Product Nos. 783-62 & 783-58
The ML Whipstock is designed to provide a premium permanent sealing datum point for the ML Anchor. By using the ML Packer and Anchor many of the problems associated with orientation of bent liner joints and scoophead diverters can be reduced. The ML Packer may be set on wireline or pipe with standard Baker setting tools. For applications where orientation is extremely critical, a gyro survey should be run to determine orientation of key with the hole geometry. Once the orientation is know, the ML Anchor can be easily adjusted while hanging below the whipstock, guidestock or diverter. The ML Anchor incorporates a simple guide track that aligns with the torque lug in the packer. Retrieval of the ML Anchor is accomplished by straight pull to the amount of tension defined by the shear ring. FEATURES/BENEFITS Utilizes standard setting tools Provides high torque permanent datum Maximum ID for high production rates Proven orientation and anchoring system Same anchor used for whipstock, drilling and production Orientation is fully adjustable on location

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. 7.000 6.625 7.000 7.000 Weight lbs/ft 38.00 24.00 35.00 32.00 29.00 7.000 New Size RPP Size Packer Gauge OD In. Packer Range Min ID In. Max ID In. Packer Seal Bore In.

mm 178 168 178 178 178 194 178 194 178 197 178 194 194

kg/m 56,67 35,79 52,19 47,72 43,24 38,77 34,30 63,83 29,82 63,83 29,82 63,83 25,35 58,16 50,25 44,29 39,37 35,79 79,78 70,09 64,87 59,65 54,59
813-47 x 388 650-47 x 388 91-40 F 625-47 x 388 89-40 F 600-47 x 388 87-40 F 588-47 x 388 85-40 F 569-47 x 388 83-40 F

mm

mm

mm

mm

5.687

144,4 5.801 147,3 6.123 155,5 149

5.990 152,1 6.293 159,8

5.875

26.00 23.00

6.000

155

6.187 157 6.750 171

7.625 7.000 7.625 7.000 7.750 7.000 7.625

42.80 20.00 42.80 20.00 46.10 17.00 39.00 33.70

4.750 6.250

121

159

6.376 162 6.750 171

7.625

29.70 26.40 24.00 53.50 47.00

6.500

165

6.662 169 7.129 181

9.625 ML Whipstock Packer Product No. 783-62

244

43.50 40.00 36.60

194-47 D 8.125

206

8.405 213 9.050 230

38

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE MODEL D SECTION MILL Product No. 150-72
The TRI-STATE Model D Section Mill is an inside cutter and section mill designed for side-tracking operations as well as for milling perforated casing in production zones, loose joints of surface pipe, and old casing for cementing new smaller casing to the formation. The D Section Mill should be run with a minimum of 10,000 lbs (4545 kg) of string weight available in the bottomhole assembly and with a bit or mill below the tool to help enter the hole and stir cuttings during milling operation. The cut is started slowly, approximately two to five feet above a coupling, then brought to a speed of 80+ RPMs for the cut-out. The pump is started and the number of strokes increased to give a minimum pressure drop of 400 psi (27,58 bar) across the mandrel nozzle. During cut-out, approximately 1" is slacked off in 1/16" increments over a period of five to ten minutes. Once the pump gauge shows a definite pressure drop of 200 psi (13,79 bar), indicating that the casing has been cut through, pressure is increased until the annular velocity is sufficient to bring cuttings out of the hole. RPMs and weight on mill may be adjusted to obtain optimum mill performance. After milling for three to five feet, rotation continues and the pump is stopped while picking up off the casing. Pressure is allowed to equalize and rotation is stopped while picking up into the casing above the cut point. Pressure is then resumed and slacked off into the window. The resulting pressure drop verifies cut-out and removes any shaving which may have entered the tool while making the window cut-out. Milling operations are continued. If torque increases above normal, the pumps may be stopped and the tool pulled into the window to remove cuttings. FEATURES/BENEFITS Operates hydraulically for fast efficient downhole milling Knife design reduces long stringers and removes casing in short chips for easy lift and removal by the drilling fluid All six knives are used for the initial cut-out, reducing cut-out time and minimizing the chance of bent or broken knives Knives are dressed with tungsten carbide inserts utilizing METAL MUNCHER technology for faster milling and increased downhole life Body tool parts constructed from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD of Tool (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/2 139,7 6-1/4 158,8 7-1/4 184,2 8-1/4 209,6 9-1/4 235 9-3/4 247,7 11-1/2 292,1

Top Connection Casing Size (In.) (mm)

2-7/8 3-1/2 API Reg API Reg 5-1/2 139,7 7 177,8

3-1/2 4-1/2 API Reg API Reg 7-5/8 193,7 8-5/8 219,1

4-1/2 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 API Reg API Reg API Reg API Reg 9-5/8 244,5 10-3/4 273,1 11-3/4 298,5 13-3/8 39,7

D Section Product No. 150-72

39

FISHING SERVICES
LOCKOMATIC EXPANDING HOLE OPENER AND SECTION MILL Product No. 150-79 (Underreamer) Product No. 150-95 (Section Mill)
The Lockomatic is a positive direct locking expanding hole opener. The locking mechanism is tied directly to the drillstring, allowing the driller complete control. The postive locking also assures the underreamed section will be full gauge. These same features make the Lockomatic an excellent section mill. The Lockomatic is run with a standard drilling BHA. The positive locking allows the tool to be run in the hole like a drill bit. Once the hole section to be underreamed is reached the tool is activated hydraulically. Once the tool reaches full open gauge, expansion can be checked by shutting down the pumps. When the Lockomatic is fully opened, it will take drilling weight. The main fuction of the circulation from this point will be hole cleaning. Straight pickup without the pumps will close the tool. If the tool takes weight at the casing shoe, it may be necessary to slack off and rotate at 100+ RPM without the pumps to sling off any cuttings trapped under the arms. The Lockomatic may be dressed with any type of Roller Cone, PDC, Diamond Cutters or METAL MUNCHER Section Mill Knives. FEATURES/BENEFITS Fast run-ins Assured gauge hole Can be supplied with any type bit cone Available with PCD cutter arms Rugged design Knife design reduces stringers by removing casing as small chips

Lockomatic Section Mill Product No. 150-95

Lockomatic Expanding Hole Opener Product No. 150-79

LOCKOMATIC SECTION MILL PRODUCT NO. 150-95 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

OD of Tool (In.) (mm) 3-11/16 93,7 2-3/8 API Reg 4-1/2 - 5 114,3 - 127 5.46 - 5.75 138,7 - 146 4-1/4 108,0 2-3/8 API Reg 5 - 5-1/2 127 - 139,7 6.18 - 6.54 157 - 166,3 4-3/4 120,7 2-3/8 API Reg 5-1/2 - 6 139,7 - 152,4 6.43 - 7.03 163,5 - 178,6 5-9/16 141,3 3-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 - 7 168,3 - 177,8 8.27 210,2 6 152,4 3-1/2 API Reg 7 - 7-5/8 177,8 - 193,7 8.40 - 9.25 213,5 - 234,9 7-1/2 190,5 4-1/2 API Reg 8-5/8 - 9-5/8 219,1 - 244,5 10.37 - 11.37 263,5 - 288,9 9-1/2 241,3 5-1/2 API Reg 12 304,8 6-5/8 API Reg 14-1/2 368,3 6-5/8 API Reg 18-5/8 - 20 473,1 - 508

Top Connection Casing Size (In.) (mm) Max Blade (In.) Expansion (mm)

10-3/4 - 11-3/4 13-3/8 - 16 273 - 298,5 339,7 - 406,4 12.5 - 13.5 317,5 - 342,9

15.12 - 17.75 19.75 - 21.75 384,2 - 450,8 501,6 - 552,5

40

FISHING SERVICES
LOCKOMATIC EXPANDING HOLE OPENER PRODUCT NO. 150-79 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tooth Type Formation Cutters Tool Less Cutters Size Model API Reg Pin Up API Reg Box Down Max Tool OD In. / mm 2 KSA KSB 2-3/8 3-11/16 94 15079100 15079200 Tool (Only) Product No. Closed Gauge In. / mm 3-3/4 95 Expanded Gauge In. 5-5/8 6 6-3/4 7-1/2 6 6-3/4 7-3/4 8-1/2 7-5/8 8 9 9-3/4 11 7-5/8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 9-7/8 10-5/8 11 12 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 9-7/8 11 12-1/4 13 14 15 12-1/4 14 15 16 18 19 18 21 12-1/4 13-1/2 15 16 15 16 17-1/2 18 18-5/8 22 24 26 15 17-1/2 18 14-3/4 18-1/2 14-3/4 22 18-1/2 20 22 15-1/2 x 26 15-1/2 x 24 15-1/2 x 26 15-1/2 x 28 28 Cutters Cutter Arm Code 2SA5-5/8 2SA6 2SB6-3/4 2SB7-1/2 4SA6 4SA6-3/4 4SA7-3/4 4SA8-1/2 5SA7-5/8 5SA8 5SA9 5SA9-3/4 5SB11 6SA7-5/8 6SA8-1/2 6SA9 6SA9-1/2 6SA9-7/8 6SB10-5/8 6SB11 69SB12 7SA8-1/2 7SA9 7SA9-1/2 7SA9-7/8 7SA11 7SA12-1/4 7SA13 7SB14 7SB15 9SA12-1/4 9SA14 9SA15 9SA16 9SB18 9SB19 9SB10-1/2 x 18 9SB10-1/2 x 21 9WA12-1/4 9WA 13-1/2 9WA15 9WA16 10SA15 10SA16 10SA17 1/2 10SA18 10SA18 5/8 10SA15-1/2 x 22 10S15-1/2 x 24 10SA15-1/2 x 26 10WA15 10WA17-1/2 10WA18 10WA14-3/4 18-1/2 10WA 14-3/4 22 11WA18 1/2 11WA20 11WA22 11WA15-1/2 x 26 11WB15-1/2 x 24 11WB15-1/2 x 26 11WB15-1/2 x 28 12WB28 Equivalent Bit Size In. 3-3/4 (I.A.D.C.) (221) 4-3/4 (I.A.D.C.) (211) 5-5/8 (I.A.D.C.) (221) RPM Part No.

mm 143 152 171 191 152 171 197 216 194 203 229 248 279 194 216 229 241 251 270 279 305 216 229 241 251 279 311 330 356 381 311 356 381 406 457 483 457 533 311 343 381 406 381 406 445 457 473 559 610 660 381 445 457 375 470 375 559 470 508 559 394 x 660 394 x 610 394 x 660 394 x 711 711

mm 95
25 - 65 03-04402-00 20 - 55

121

KSA

2-3/8

4-3/4 121

15081100

4-3/4 121

143

KSA

3-1/2

5-9/16 141

15082100

5-9/16 141

KSB

15082200

KSA 6 3-1/2 6 152

15083100 6 152 15083200

6 (I.A.D.C.) (211)

152

KSB

KSA

4-1/2

7-1/2 191

15084100

7-1/2 191

7-1/2 (I.A.D.C.) (211)

191

KSB

15084200

KSA

15086100 9-1/2 241

9 (I.A.D.C.) (211)

229

KSB

5-1/2

6-5/8

9-1/2 241

15086200 10-1/2

KWA

15086300

9-1/2 241

7-1/2 (I.A.D.C.) (211) 12-1/4 (I.A.D.C.) (221)

191

311

12-1/4 311 KSA 15087100 15-1/2 10 6-5/8 6-5/8 12 305 15087500 14-3/4 375

12-1/4

LWA

9 (I.A.D.C.) (221) 10-5/8 (I.A.D.C.) (111)

229

270

32 - 79 28 - 70 25 - 61 22 - 56 30 - 74 28 - 70 25 - 63 23 - 58 21 - 51 31 - 79 28 - 71 27 - 67 25 - 63 24 - 61 23 - 56 22 - 55 20 - 50 35 - 88 33 - 83 32 - 79 30 - 76 27 - 68 24 - 61 23 - 58 21 - 54 20 - 50 29 - 73 26 - 64 24 - 60 23 - 56 20 - 50 19 - 47 20 - 50 17 - 43 24 - 61 22 - 56 20 - 50 19 - 47 33 - 82 31 - 77 28 - 70 27 - 68 26 - 66 22 - 56 20 - 51 19 - 47 24 - 60 21 - 51 19 - 48 35 - 71 29 - 58 26 - 66 25 - 61 22 - 56 19 - 47 20 - 51 19 - 47 18 - 46 39 - 133

03-04404-00

03-04405-00

03-04406-00

03-04407-00

03-04409-00

03-04410-00

LWA 11 LWB 12 KWB

6-5/8 7-5/8 6-5/8 7-5/8

6-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 18 457 14-1/2 368

15088500 15088510 15088605 15089400

14-3/4 375 15-1/2 394 18-1/2 470

03-04642-00

12-1/4 (I.A.D.C.) (211) 13-3/4 (I.A.D.C.) (111)

311

03-04792-00 03-04411-00

349

* Table RPM is based on bit manufacture recommendations reduced in proportion to the diameter increase from equivalent bit size to expanded gauge. Higher RPM can be used, but will result in a corresponding reduction in bearing life.

41

FISHING SERVICES
WASHPIPE DATA PRODUCT NO. 156-60 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connection OD Gage No. Weight Plain End (lbs/ft) 10.02 12.31 8.81 7.06 9.55 10.46 11.7 12.93 12.02 13.58 11.35 13.04 14.98 17.52 11.57 14.87 14.87 15 18 17.93 20.02 16.87 17 19.81 18.18 21.53 15.35 19.64 22.81 24.03 23.58 24 25.66 26 23.19 28.04 28.04 25.56 29.04 29.04 33.04 29.7 30.54 31.04 35.92 38.42 33.95 37.09 31.1 36 39.29 38.92 38.94 42.7 43.5 46.14 44.22 49.5 49.5 54.21 52.57 58.81 49.56 66.11 81.97 Inside Diameter (In.) 2.764 2.764 2.992 3.24 3.238 3.185 3.187 3.34 3.826 3.749 4 3.92 3.826 4 4.408 4.408 4.408 4.375 4.25 4.276 4.625 4.892 4.875 4.778 5.124 5 5.5 5.352 5.24 5.625 5.921 5.921 6.276 6.276 6.624 6.63 6.63 6.97 6.88 6.88 6.77 6.84 7.25 7.38 7.25 7.19 7.58 7.5 7.92 7.81 7.73 8.15 8.84 8.76 8.67 8.68 9.95 9.85 9.85 9.76 10.9 10.8 12 12.4 15 Wall Thickness Upset Diameter Drift Diameter (In.) 2.639 2.639 2.867 3.115 3.113 3.06 3.062 3.215 3.701 3.624 3.875 3.795 3.701 3.875 4.283 4.283 4.283 4.283 4.151 4.151 4.5 4.767 4.767 4.653 4.999 4.875 5.375 5.227 5.115 5.5 5.796 5.796 6.151 6.151 6.499 6.5 6.5 6.84 6.75 6.75 6.64 6.75 7.13 7.25 7.13 7.06 7.45 7.38 7.8 7.7 7.6 7.99 8.68 8.6 8.6 8.53 9.79 9.69 9.69 9.6 10.7 10.6 11.8 12.3 14.8 Make Up Torque Rec. (ft/lb) 1,000 1,100 850 630 980 1,115 1,225 1,370 1,400 1,660 1,200 1,460 1,800 2,390 1,380 1,870 1,870 2,700 2,700 2,460 2,900 2,370 2,700 2,970 2,700 3,400 2,500 3,170 3,870 4,250 4,400 3,900 4,970 4,500 6,330 5,700 5,725 5,080 5,650 6,120 7,520 5,000 6,600 6,820 8,370 9,150 7,500 7,000 6,700 5,500 9,950 9,920 10,450 11,750 6,000 13,000 13,150 15,600 14,250 17,550 12,130 13,230 28,500 25,000 43,000 Joint Tensile Joint Efficiency % 47 54 47 45 45 50 50 51 47 50 37 52 51 44 49 51 53 80 83 52 47 52 80 51 52 49 41 52 49 51 45 76 52 80 56 52 52 51 55 52 51 78 51 51 47 51 51 55 41 79 51 50 51 51 83 50 51 51 52 50 44 49 49 52 52 Washover Size Rec. (In.) (mm) 2-1/2 63,5 2-1/2 63,5 2.69 68,26 3.00 76,2 3.00 76,2 3.00 76,2 3.00 76,2 3-1/16 77,79 3-1/2 88,9 3-1/2 88,9 3-3/4 95,25 3-5/8 92,08 3-1/2 88,9 3-3/4 95,25 4.00 101,6 4.00 101,6 4.00 101,6 4.00 101,6 4.00 101,6 4.00 101,6 4-1/4 107,95 4-5/8 117,48 4-5/8 117,48 4-1/2 114,3 4-7/8 123,83 4-3/4 120,65 5-1/4 133,35 5-1/8 130,18 5.00 127 5-3/8 136,53 5-5/8 142,88 5-5/8 142,88 6.00 152,4 6.00 152,4 6-3/8 161,93 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/8 161,9 6-3/4 171,5 6-5/8 168,3 6-5/8 168,3 6-1/2 165,1 6-9/16 166,7 7 177,8 7-1/8 181 7 177,8 6-15/16 176,2 7-1/4 184,2 7-1/4 184,2 7-9/16 192,1 7-1/2 190,5 7-1/2 190,5 7-7/8 200 8-1/2 215,9 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/4 209,6 9-1/2 241,3 9-3/8 238,1 9-3/8 238,1 9-1/4 235 10 1/8 257,2 10 254 11 279,4 11-1/2 292,1 14-1/4 362

TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSS TSWP TSWP TSS TSWP TSWP TSWP X-LINE X-LINE TSWP TSS TSWP X-LINE TSWP TSWP TSS TSS TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP X-LINE TSWP X-LINE TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP X-LINE TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSS TSWP X-LINE TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP X-LINE TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP TSWP

(In.) 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-13/16 4 4-3/8 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5 5 5 5 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-3/4 5-3/4 6 6 6 6-3/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 7 7 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-3/8 8-3/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 9 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 11-3/4 11-3/4 12-3/4 13-3/8 16

(mm) 85,73 88,9 88,9 92,08 95,25 95,25 96,84 101,6 111,13 111,13 114,3 114,3 114,3 120,65 123,83 127 127 127 127 127 136,53 139,7 139,7 139,7 146,05 146,05 152,4 152,4 152,4 161,93 168,28 168,28 177,8 177,8 184,15 187,3 187,3 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 203,2 206,4 206,4 206,4 212,7 212,7 219,1 219,1 219,1 228,6 244,5 244,5 244,5 244,5 273,1 273,1 273,1 273,1 298,5 298,5 323,9 339,7 406,4

318 127 422 674 675 196 75 58 91 91 117 148 59 92 105 50 57 73 73 158 53 56 74 164 133 77 78 428 79 129 93 70 96 71 128 94 109 166 122 80 81 87 121 153 97 97 163 106 151 103 110 139 152 140 114 170 155 154 124 147 156 125 150 134 426

(kg/m) 14,89 18,3 13,09 10,49 14,19 15,55 17,39 19,22 17,87 20,18 16,87 19,38 22,26 26,04 17,2 22,1 22,1 22,29 26,75 26,65 29,76 25,07 25,27 29,44 27,02 32 22,81 29,19 33,9 35,72 35,05 35,67 38,14 38,64 34,47 41,68 41,68 37,99 43,16 43,16 49,11 44,14 45,39 46,13 53,39 57,1 50,46 55,13 46,22 53,51 58,4 57,85 57,88 63,46 64,65 68,58 65,72 73,57 73,57 80,57 78,13 87,41 73,66 98,26 121,8

(mm) 70,21 70,21 76 82,3 82,25 80,9 80,95 84,84 97,18 95,22 101,6 99,57 97,18 101,6 112 112 112 111,1 108 108,6 117,5 124,3 123,8 121,4 130,2 127 139,7 135,9 133,1 142,9 150,4 150,4 159,4 159,4 168,3 168,3 168,3 177 174,6 174,6 171,8 173,8 184,2 187,3 184,2 182,5 192,5 190,5 201,2 198,5 196,2 207 224,4 222,4 220,1 220,5 252,7 250,2 250,2 247,9 276,4 273,6 304,8 315,3 381,3

(In.) (mm) (In.) 0.305 7,75 0.368 9,35 0.254 6,45 0.192 4,88 0.256 6,5 0.283 7,19 0.313 7,95 0.33 8,38 0.275 6,99 0.313 7,95 0.25 6,35 0.29 7,37 0.337 8,56 0.375 9,53 0.233 5,92 0.296 7,52 0.296 7,52 0.296 7,52 5.36 0.362 9,19 5.36 0.362 9,19 0.375 9,53 0.304 7,72 0.304 7,72 5.86 0.361 9,17 0.313 7,95 0.375 9,53 0.25 6,35 0.324 8,23 0.38 9,65 0.375 9,53 0.352 8,94 0.352 8,94 7 0.362 9,19 0.362 9,19 7.39 0.313 7,95 7.5 0.38 9,5 0.38 9,5 0.33 8,3 0.38 9,5 0.38 9,5 0.43 10,9 0.38 9,5 8.01 0.38 9,5 0.38 9,5 0.44 11,1 0.47 11,9 0.4 10,1 0.44 11,1 0.35 8,9 0.4 10,2 9.12 0.45 11,4 0.43 10,8 0.4 10 0.44 11 0.44 11 10.1 0.47 12 0.4 10,2 0.45 11,4 0.45 11,4 0.5 12,6 0.44 11 0.49 12,4 0.38 9,5 13.5 0.48 12,2 13.75 0.5 12,6 16.75

(mm)

136,1 136,1

148,8

177,8 187,7 190,5 0 0 0 0 0 0 204 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 232 0 0 0 0 257 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 343 349 426

(mm) 67,03 67,03 72,82 79,12 79,07 77,72 77,77 81,66 94,01 92,05 98,43 96,39 94,01 98,43 108,8 108,8 108,8 108,8 105,4 105,4 114,3 121,1 121,1 118,2 127 123,8 136,5 132.8 129,9 139,7 147,2 147,2 156,2 156,2 165,1 165 165 174 172 172 169 172 181 184 181 179 189 187 198 196 193 203 220 218 218 217 249 246 246 244 272 270 301 311 377

Max. Yield Strength (N/m) (ft/lb) (N/m) (lbs) (kg) 741 4,000 2963 111,500 50510 815 4,500 3333 160,000 72480 630 3,400 2519 97,400 44122 467 2,550 1889 74,000 33522 726 3,950 2926 108,700 49241 826 4,470 3311 123,100 55764 907 5,050 3741 138,500 62741 1015 5,600 4148 153,670 69613 1037 5,600 4148 134,000 60702 1230 6,650 4926 158,700 71891 889 4,800 3556 99,250 44960 1081 5,860 4341 160,800 72842 1333 7,220 5348 181,200 82084 1770 9,590 7104 181,400 82174 1022 5,540 4104 134,600 60974 1385 7,500 5556 178,900 81042 1385 7,500 5556 184,600 83624 2000 9,550 7074 282,640 128036 2000 9,550 7074 350,400 158731 1822 9,850 7296 218,500 98981 2148 11,600 8593 222,800 100928 1756 9,480 7022 209,700 94994 2000 11,800 8741 316,640 143438 2200 11,900 8815 237,200 107452 2000 10,800 8000 222,800 100928 2519 13,580 10059 246,500 111665 1852 10,000 7407 147,450 66795 2348 12,700 9407 238,800 108176 2867 15,500 11481 276,300 125164 3148 17,000 12593 288,300 130600 3259 17,590 13030 251,600 113975 2889 15,700 11630 420,720 190586 3681 19,880 14726 315,200 142786 3333 20,900 15481 482,640 218636 4689 25,300 18741 437,900 198369 4,222 22,800 16,889 343,000 155,379 4,241 22,900 16,963 341,300 154,609 3,763 20,300 15,037 309,300 140,113 4,185 22,600 16,741 378,500 171,461 4,533 24,500 18,148 355,000 160,815 5,570 30,100 22,296 398,900 180,702 3,704 25,300 18,741 531,200 240,634 4,889 26,400 19,556 362,900 164,394 5,052 27,300 20,222 373,900 169,377 6,200 33,500 24,815 398,500 180,521 6,778 36,600 27,111 457,500 207,248 5,556 30,000 22,222 404,900 183,420 5,185 28,100 20,815 441,000 199,773 4,963 27,100 20,074 335,300 151,891 4,074 37,100 27,481 652,000 295,356 7,370 39,800 29,481 475,200 215,266 7,348 39,700 29,407 458,400 207,655 7,741 41,800 30,963 463,400 209,920 8,704 47,000 34,815 507,800 230,033 4,444 48,500 35,926 836,960 379,143 9,630 52,100 38,593 543,800 246,341 9,741 52,600 38,963 531,000 240,543 11,556 62,400 46,222 595,600 269,807 10,556 57,000 42,222 606,000 274,518 13,000 70,200 52,000 641,800 290,735 8,985 48,500 35,926 ++377,400 170,962 9,800 52,900 39,185 ++470,400 213,818 21,111 114,100 84,519 ++807,300 366,954 18,519 100,300 74,296 ++788,900 358,590 31,852 172,000 127,407 ++1,231,700 559,863

Max (In.) (mm) 2-5/8 66,68 2-5/8 66,68 2-7/8 73,03 3-1/8 79,38 3-1/8 79,38 3-1/8 79,38 3-1/8 79,38 3-1/4 82,55 3-3/4 95,25 3-5/8 92,08 3-7/8 98,43 3-3/4 95,25 3-11/16 93,66 3-7/8 98,43 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/4 108 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/2 114,3 4-3/4 120,7 4-3/4 120,7 4-5/8 117,5 5 127 4-7/8 123,8 5-3/8 136,5 5-1/4 133,4 5-1/8 130,2 5-1/2 139,7 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/8 155,6 6-1/8 155,6 6-1/2 165,1 6-1/2 165,1 6-1/2 165,1 6-7/8 174,6 6-3/4 171,5 6-3/4 171,5 6-5/8 168,3 6-11/16 169,9 7-1/8 181 7-1/4 184,2 7-1/8 181 7-1/16 179,4 7-3/8 187,3 7-3/8 187,3 7-11/16 195,3 7-5/8 193,7 7-11/16 195,3 8 203,2 8-3/8 212,7 8-1/2 215,9 8-1/2 215,9 8-1/2 215,9 9-3/4 247,7 9-5/8 244,5 9-5/8 244,5 9-1/2 241,3 10-5/8 269,9 10-1/2 266,7 11-1/2 292,1 12 304,8 14-3/4 374,6

++ = J-55 material

42

FISHING SERVICES
N-80 PIPE WITH W.P. HYDRIL CONNECTIONS SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Effective Area Calculated at BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX PIN BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX PIN PIN BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX PIN BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX Joint Effective Calculated Joint EfficArea Max. Working Effic- Recommended iency Calculated Torque iency Make-up % 53.5 51.7 52.1 51.2 52.2 52.1 47.1 50.8 51.1 52.3 51.6 51.4 51.8 51.3 50 52 at PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN (ft/lbs) (N/m) 650 1,600 2,300 3,400 3,200 4,500 4,600 6,000 4,900 4,200 6,700 7,000 9,400 9,000 10,000 10,300 % 33.7 43.1 42.9 47.1 42.5 46.6 42.3 50.7 43.3 38.2 47 43.5 49.5 44.2 45.8 45.1 (ft/lbs) (N/m) 100 230 320 500 450 650 650 870 700 600 960 1,000 1,300 1,300 1,400 1,500 1,900 1,700 2,400 2,400 2,600 3,000 3,000 3,200 5,000 4,000 4,700 5,500 6,600 8,600 11,600 12,900

Size OD (In.) 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 4 4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-1/2 5 5 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-3/4 6 6-3/8 6-5/8 7 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 8-1/8 8-3/8 8-5/8 9 9-5/8 10-3/4 11-3/4 13-3/8 16

Weight

Wall

ID (In.) 1.875 2.25 2.75 2.922 3.25 3.428 3.34 3.24 3.825 4 3.826 4.408 4.276 4.892 5 5.125 4.99 5.352 5.625 5.921 6.276 6.625 6.765 6.875 7.185 7.625 7.825 8.15 8.755 9.85 10.77 12.35 15.01

Calculated Yield (lbs)

(mm) (lbs/ft) (kg/m) (In.) 57,2 69,9 82,6 88,9 95,3 101,6 101,6 101,6 111,1 114,3 114,3 127,0 127,0 139,7 142,9 146,1 146,1 152,4 161,9 168,3 177,8 187,3 190,5 193,7 206,4 212,7 219,1 228,6 244,5 273,1 298,5 339,7 406,4
4.12 6.68 8 9.91 9.32 11.6 14 15.7 12 11.6 16.6 15 18 17 17.7 18 22.5 20 24 24 26 29 28 29.7 39.5 35.5 36 40 43.5 51 60 72 84

(mm) 4,7 6,4 6,4 7,3 6,4 7,3 8,4 9,7 7,0 6,4 8,6 7,5 9,2 7,7 7,9 8,0 9,7 8,2 9,5 8,9 9,2 9,5 9,3 9,5 11,9 9,5 10,2 10,8 11,0 11,4 12,4 13,1 12,6

(mm) 47,6 57,2 69,9 74,2 82,6 87,1 84,8 82,3 97,2 101,6 97,2 112,0 108,6 124,3 127,0 130,2 126,7 135,9 142,9 150,4 159,4 168,3 171,8 174,6 182,5 193,7 198,8 207,0 222,4 250,2 273,6 313,6 381,3

(kg)

6,12 9,93 11,89 14,73 13,85 17,24 20,81 23,33 17,84 17,24 24,67 22,29 26,75 25,27 26,31 26,75 33,44 29,73 35,67 35,67 38,64 43,10 41,62 44,14 58,71 52,76 53,51 59,45 64,65 75,80 89,18

0.19 0.25 0.25 0.29 0.25 0.29 0.33 0.38 0.28 0.25 0.34 0.3 0.36 0.3 0.31 0.31 0.38 0.32 0.38 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.37 0.38 0.47 0.38 0.4 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.49

52,000 23,556 81,000 36,693 98,000 44,394 119,000 53,907 115,000 52,095 139,000 62,967 131,000 59,343 175,000 79,275 145,000 65,685 140,000 63,420 182,000 82,446 180,000 81,540 219,000 99,207 204,000 92,412 209,000 94,677 222,000 100,566

481 1185 1704 2519 2370 3333 3407 4444 3630 3111 4963 5185 6963 6667 7407 7630

74 170 237 370 333 481 481 644 519 444 711 741 963 963 1037 1111 1407 1259 1778 1778 1926 2222 2222 2370 3704 2963 3481 4074 4889 6370 8593 9556

265,000 120,045 51.6 232,000 105,096 50.2 286,000 129,558 50.5 280,000 126,840 50.4 301,000 136,353 49.8 329,000 149,037 49.9 334,000 151,302 50.7 340,000 154,020 49.8 455,000 206,115 50.4 376,000 170,328 49.8 418,000 189,354 50.6 463,000 209,739 50.5 502,000 227,406 49.9 578,000 261,834 49.6 687,000 311,211 49.7 833,000 377,349 50.1 970,000 439,410 50.3

13,600 10074 50.3 12,200

9037

47.1

16,800 12444 50.3 16,900 12519 49.1 18,000 13333 45.4 21,200 15704 46.3 21,300 15778 45.6 22,700 16815 46.2 35,200 26074 51.6 27,700 20519 46.1 33,000 24444 48.8 38,400 28444 49.3 46,100 34148 50.1 60,300 44667 50.3 81,000 60000 51.9 90,400 66963 42.2 123,000 91111 40.7

107,01 0.51 124,85

0.5

17600 13037

43

FISHING SERVICES
ROTARY SHOES SUPERLOY , BORIUM Product Nos. 150-08 & 150-11
Rotary Shoes are hollow cylindrical milling tools. For stuck drillpipe or tubing, rotary shoes are run in conjunction with washpipe to wash or mill away formation, contaminated mud, or debris from around a fish. When used for packer milling, rotary shoes are run with washpipe extensions and triple connection subs or with Wilson Model M JJoints or B Packer Retrievers to washover and recover the packer. Rotary shoes are available in many designs. For packer milling, a rotary shoe has a cutting structure on the bottom and ID only. Milling over a stabilizer with carbide inserts, the cutting structure would cover the OD, ID, and bottom of the shoe. The shoes shown are only the most common. In many cases, there are several shoes which will accomplish the same end result. For these reasons, the ordering of rotary shoes should be based on the recommendation of fishing tools personnel so that the proper design is selected. FEATURES/BENEFITS Manufactured from heat-treated alloy steels Wide variety of types Easily modified to suit purpose Dressing with SUPERLOY Available in all washpipe connections

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D

Type E

Type F

44

FISHING SERVICES

Type G

Type H

Type J

Type L

METAL MUNCHER ROTARY SHOE Product No. 150-10

The METAL MUNCHER Rotary Shoe is similar to the standard SUPERLOY Rotary Shoe in design. The METAL MUNCHER shoe differs in that METAL MUNCHER inserts have been placed to be the lead cutting structure on the shoe. As with other METAL MUNCHER applications, the life of the tool and the rate of penetration are dramatically increased. On most shoes, the inserts are backed up by SUPERLOY so that in the event of insert failure, the shoe will operate as well as a standard SUPERLOY shoe. Half inserts are available so the shoes may be dressed on the ID.

METAL MUNCHER Rotary Shoes are better suited than standard shoes for the milling over of retrievable packers and bridge plugs. Often the job is completed in one run. For Inconel and other alloys with work hardening characteristics, the METAL MUNCHER shoes provide an aggressive enough cutting structure to allow constant removal of material before hardening can occur. FEATURES/BENEFITS The METAL MUNCHER aggressive cutting insert Inserts backed up by SUPERLOY Longer milling life Wide variety of types Available in all washpipe sizes
METAL MUNCHER Rotary Shoe Product No. 150-10

45

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE WITH PACK-OFF J SAFETY JOINT Product Nos. 140-37 & 140-41
The J Safety Joint provides a simple, yet effective means of releasing and re-engaging fishing tools, such as taps or die collars, that are normally not releasable. J Safety Joints can be used as backoff connectors on washover jobs to save rig time by connecting to the washed over fish while the washover pipe is in the hole. The J Safety Joint is a two-piece unit that is secured when lugs on the top half engage with a J-slot on the bottom half. Special shear screws keep the tool securely fastened until the fish is engaged. Once the fish is engaged, a tension load of 10,000 lbs (4545 kg) per shear screw is applied to the string. When the screws have been sheared and the tension released, the string is elevated while applying slight left-hand torque. The lugs then shift into the release slot, and the two halves of the safety joint separate. To reengage the safety joint, the string is lowered while rotating slowly to the right until the lugs on the top half engage the slots in the lower half. Rotation is then stopped, right-hand torque is maintained and the string is lowered until the joint is fully engaged. The joint remains engaged until the releasing procedure is repeated. Standard operation is as a left-hand release and right-hand connection tool. Right-hand release and/or left-hand connection configurations are available through special order. FEATURES/BENEFITS Provides a release option from tools such as taper taps or die collars which are normally non-releasable Provides a way to connect or disconnect fishing string and stuck fish Shear screws prevent accidental unlatching of the J Safety Joint before engagement with the fish Simple construction allows easy make-up and release Accessory parts such as a packoff sub and two different stingers are available for operations that require circulation through the safety joint to the fish Body parts constructed from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel

WASHOVER BACKOFF SAFETY JOINT Product No. 140-38

The Washover Backoff Safety Joint is a multipurpose safety joint installed in the washover string in place of the washpipe drive sub. The Washover Backoff Safety Joint can be used like standard drilling safety joints. In the event of a washover string becoming stuck, the washover backoff safety joint can easily be backed off from surface so the fishing string above the washpipe may be recovered. In a washover and backoff situation the Washover Backoff Safety Joint, run in conjunction with a J Safety Joint, makes it possible to washover a stuck string, screw into the fish, and perform a backoff. Once the fish has been screwed into; and, it is established that the fish cannot be pulled, the J Safety Joint can be released to allow the washpipe to reciprocate and rotate. Once a string shot has been run just above the J Safety Joint, the fish can be reengaged and backed off. If the washpipe will not turn freely to the left, due to the anti-friction ring of the Washover Safety Joint, this point will unscrew. The long threaded area makes it possible to back off all tool joint connections and most tubing connections without completely unscrewing the Washover Backoff Safety Joint. The Washover Backoff Safety Joint is available in most washpipe and tool joint connections. FEATURES/BENEFITS Saves rig time by making possible to washover, back off, and recover in one trip May be used as standard washover safety joint Simple design, easy to operate

J Safety Joint Product No. 140-37

J SAFETY JOINT PRODUCT NO. 140-37 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Connection Maximum OD (In.) (mm) Minimum ID Connection Maximum OD (In.) (mm) Minimum ID (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 2-3/8 EUE 3-1/16 77,8 7/8 22,3 2-7/8 EUE 3.668 93,2 1-7/8 47,6 2-3/8 API IF 3-3/8 85,7 1-3/8 34,9 4-1/2 X-Hole 6-1/4 158,8 2 50,8 2-7/8 API IF 4-1/8 104,8 1-3/4 44,5 3-1/2 API IF 4-3/4 120,7 1-3/4 44,5 3-1/2 API FH 4-5/8 117,5 1-1/2 38,1

4 4-1/2 API FH API FH 5-1/4 133,4 1-3/4 44,5 5-3/4 146,1 2 50,8

4-1/2 5-1/2 6-5/8 API IF API Reg API Reg 6-3/8 160,7 2 50,8 6-3/4 171,5 2-3/4 69,9 7-3/4 196,9 3 76,2

Washover Backoff Safety Joint Product No. 140-38

46

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE WASHOVER DRILL COLLAR SPEAR Product No. 140-14
Washover Drill Collar Spears are used with washover strings to catch and recover drill collars and pipe which have become stuck off bottom. The spear enables washover, backoff, and recovery operations to be accomplished in a single trip and eliminates the problem of stripping fish out of washpipe by allowing the fish to be positioned at the bottom of the washpipe string. The Washover Drill Collar Spear is run inside the washover pipe and set in a control bushing near the bottom of the washover assembly. The inside assembly generally consists of a screw-in or locking pin sub, taper tap, pin tap, box tap or other fishing tool; J Safety Joint and drill collar spear. The inner assembly is made up into the fish. The washpipe is then slacked off to proceed with washover. While rotating to the right, the Washover Drill Collar Spear stays in the set position. When making kelly connections, the spear can be manipulated from set to release position by reciprocating and partially rotating the washpipe string to the left. In situations where the fish is not centralized in the hole, the drill collar spear may be used along with a spear packoff, several joints of drillpipe, and a kick sub to attach the drillpipe to the fish and help guide the washpipe over the fish. The same technique may be used to start a casing patch over casing. If the fish falls free during washover operations, the spear automatically catches it allowing the operation to continue. FEATURES/BENEFITS Saves time and reduces number of trips by combining washover, backoff and recovery operations in a single trip Reduces risk of losing fish during washover operations Eliminates fish and hole damage from dropped fish Withstand tremendous pulling and shock loads imposed on downhole equipment during fishing operations Eliminates need to strip fish out of washpipe in any washover operation Easy to operate needs only reciprocation and partial rotation to manipulate from set to release position

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Washover Size Maximum OD Minimum ID Joint Connection Washover Size Maximum OD Minimum ID Joint Connection (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 4-3/8 - 4-3/4 111,1 - 120,6 3-3/8 85,7 7/8 22,2 2-3/8 EUE 7 - 8-1/8 177,8 - 206,4 6-3/4 171,5 2 50,8 4-1/2 API FH 5-6 127 - 152,4 4-5/8 117,5 1-3/4 44,4 2-7/8 API IF 8-3/8 - 9-5/8 212,7 - 244,5 8-1/4 209,6 2-3/4 69,8 5-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 168,3 5-1/4 133,3 1-1/2 38,1 3-1/2 API IF 10-3/4 273,1 9-1/4 235 2-3/4 69,8 6-5/8 API Reg 11-3/4 298,5 10-1/4 260,4 2-3/4 69,8 6-5/8 API Reg
Washover Drill Collar Spear Product No. 140-14

47

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE TYPE B CASING AND TUBING SPEAR Product No. 126-09
The Type B Casing and Tubing Spears are used to retrieve casing sizes from 41/2" to 13-3/8". The design of the spear makes it the easiest spear on the market to release. The spear can be set for righthand or left-hand release and is easily field dressed to change the release setting. Due to the slotted mandrel design, the spear can be released with only enough downward travel to break the freeze between the slip segments and the mandrel. Once the freeze is broken, rotate one-quarter round in the release direction releasing the spear. The spear design will protect the slips when running down inside the fish and may be run to any depth. This feature makes the B perfect for setting underwater casing patches. To engage the spear, it is lowered into the fish until the slips are past the top of the casing. One-quarter rotation will place the spear in the catch position. The spear is released by bumping down then applying an equal amount of rotation in the opposite direction. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple construction Slips with carburized teeth and large surface area Sets for left or right-hand release Easily dressed for alternate casing sizes Optional slips with vertical teeth for backing off Easily released

TRI-STATE TYPE D CASING AND TUBING SPEAR Product No. 120-09

The Type D Casing and Tubing Spears are used to retrieve all casing sizes from 4-1/2 to 30. The design of the spear makes it ideal for backing off casing or rotating out mudline hangers and packer bore receptacles. The spear can be set for right-hand or left-hand release and is easily field dressed to change the release setting. The J slot, which holds the spear in the catch or release position, makes this spear the most reliable for the recovery of small light-weight fish. To engage the spear, it is lowered into the fish until the stop ring is taking weight. One-quarter rotation will place the spear in the catch position. The spear is released by bumping down then applying one-quarter rotation in the opposite direction. Because the mandrel must travel down the body length of the J slot to release, the stop ring should not be removed from the body. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple construction Slips with carburized teeth and large surface area Sets for left or right-hand release Easily dressed for alternate casing sizes Optional slips with vertical teeth for backing off

B Casing and Tubing Spear Product No. 126-09

TYPE "B" & "D" CASING AND TUBING SPEARS SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Spear OD Spear ID Casing Size Spear OD
D Casing and Tubing Spear Product No. 120-09

(In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm)

4-1/2 - 5 114,3 - 127 3-5/8 92,1 3/4 19,1 9-5/8 - 11-3/4 244,5 - 298,5 8-1/4 209,6 3 76,2

5-1/2 - 6-5/8 139,7 - 168,3 4-1/2 114,3 3/4 19,1 11-3/4 - 13-3/8 298,5 - 338,5 10-1/2 266,7 3-1/2 88,9

7 - 8-1/8 177,8 - 206,4 5-3/4 146,1 1 3/4 44,5 16 - 20 406,4 - 508 14 355,6 3-1/2 88,9

8-1/8 -9-5/8 206,4 - 228,6 6-7/8 174,6 3 76,2 24 - 30 609,6 - 762 20-3/4 527,1 3-1/2 88,9

Spear ID

48

FISHING SERVICES
TYPE B AND D CASING AND TUBING SPEAR PRODUCT NOS. 126-09 & 120-09 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Unit (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) (In.)(lb/ft) (mm)(kg/m) Tool OD 3-5/8 92,1 3-15/16 100 3-15/16 100 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 4-1/2 114,3 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-7/8 174,6 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/4 209,6 8-1/4 209,6 10-1/2 266,7 10-1/2 266,7 10-1/2 266,7 14 355,6 14 355,6 14 355,6 14 355,6 14 355,6 20-3/4 527 20-3/4 527 20-3/4 527 20-3/4 527 Top Connection 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg Casing Size OD 4-1/2 114,3 5 127 5 127 5-1/2 139,7 5,5 139-2/3 6 152,4 6-5/8 168-2/7 7 177-4/5 7 177-4/5 7 177-4/5 7-5/8 193-2/3 7-5/8 193-2/3 8-1/8 206-3/8 9-5/8 244-1/2 9-5/8 244-1/2 9-5/8 244-1/2 10-3/4 273 10-3/4 273 11-3/4 298-4/9 11-3/4 298-4/9 12-3/4 323-6/7 13-3/8 339-5/7 16 406,4 18 5/8 473,1 18 5/8 473,1 20 508,0 20 508,0 24 609,6 24 609,6 24-1/2 622,3 30 762 Weight 9.50 - 15.50 14,1- 23 11.50 - 15.00 17,1 - 22,3 18.00 - 24.20 26,8 - 36 13.00 - 14.00 19,3 - 20,8 15.50 - 23.00 23 - 34,2 15.00 - 26.00 22,3 - 38,6 20.00 - 24.00 29,7 - 35,7 17.00 - 20.00 25,26 - 35,7 23.00 - 26.00 264,6 - 38,6 29.00 - 38.00 43,1 - 56,5 20 29,7 24.00 - 39.00 35,7 - 57,9 32.00 - 41.70 47,6 - 62 29.00 - 43.50 43,1 - 64,6 36.00 - 43.50 53,5 - 64,6 47.00 - 53.50 69,8 - 79,5 32.75 - 40.50 48,7 - 60,2 45.50 - 55.50 67,6 - 82,5 42.00 - 60.00 62,4 - 89,2 38.00 - 60.00 56,5 - 89,2 43.00 - 53.00 63,9 - 78,8 48.00 - 72.00 71,3 - 107 65 - 109 96,6 - 162 106 - 117.5 157,5 - 174,6 87.5 - 94.5 130 - 140,5 163 - 187 242,3 - 277,9 94 - 133 139,7 - 337,8 100.5 - 125.5 149,4 - 186,5 304 451,8 100.5 - 113.0 149,4 - 167,9 235 - 310 349,3 - 460,7 Friction Block MIn Max 3-5/8 4-1/4 92 108 4-3/16 4-13/16 106,4 122,2 3-15/16 4- 9/16 100 115,9 4-1/2 5-3/4 114,3 146,1 4,5 5,8 114-2/7 146 4-3/4 6 120,7 152,4 5-1/4 6-1/2 133,4 165,1 6 7 152-2/5 177-4/5 6 7 152-2/5 177-4/5 5-3/4 6-3/4 146 171-4/9 6-13/16 7-1/16 173 179-2/5 6-1/2 7-1/2 165 190-1/2 6-13/16 7-1/16 173 179-2/5 8-1/4 9-1/2 209-5/9 241-2/7 8-1/4 9-1/2 209-5/9 241-2/7 8-1/4 9-1/2 209-5/9 241-2/7 9-1/16 10- 9/16 230-1/5 268-2/7 8-3/4 10-1/4 222-1/4 260-1/3 10-3/8 11-7/8 263-1/2 301-5/8 10-1/2 12 266-2/3 304-4/5 11 12-1/2 279-2/5 317-1/2 11-7/8 13-3/8 301-5/8 339-5/7 14-1/2 16 368,3 406,4 16 5/8 18-1/8 422,3 460,4 16 5/8 18-1/8 422,3 460,4 18 19-1/2 457,2 495,3 18 19-1/2 457,2 495,3 22-1/2 23-1/2 571,5 596,9 20-3/4 21-7/8 527 555,6 23 24-1/4 584,2 615,9 27-3/4 29 704,8 736,6 Slips MIn 3-5/8 92 4-1/8 104,8 3-15/16 100 4-5/8 117,5 4,5 114-2/7 5 127 5-5/8 142,9 6-3/8 162 5-3/4 146 5-3/4 146 6-3/4 171-4/9 6-3/8 162 6-3/4 171-4/9 8-9/16 217-1/2 8-9/16 217-1/2 8 1/4 209-5/9 9-11/16 246 9-7/16 239-5/7 10-1/2 266-2/3 10-5/8 269-7/8 11-7/9 299-1/4 12-1/32 305-3/5 14-1/2 368,3 17 431,8 17-1/2 444,5 18 457,2 18-1/2 469,9 22-1/2 571,5 20-3/4 527 23 584,2 27-3/4 704,8 Max 4-1/8 104-7/9 4-11/16 119,1 4-7/16 112,7 5-1/4 133,4 5,1 130-1/6 5-5/8 142,9 6-1/4 158,8 7-1/8 181 6-1/2 165 6-1/2 165 7-1/2 190-1/2 7-1/8 181 7-1/2 190-1/2 9-1/4 235 9-1/4 235 8-15/16 227 10-3/8 263-1/2 10-1/8 257-1/6 11-3/16 284-1/6 11-1/2 292 2-19/64 58-1/3 12-29/32 327-5/6 16 406,4 18,125 460,4 18-5/8 473,1 19-1/2 495,3 19-5/8 498,5 23-1/2 596,9 21-7/8 555,6 24-1/8 612,8 28-7/8 733,4

49

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE TYPE C CASING SPEAR Product No. 126-10
The TRI-STATE Type C Casing Spear is a special application heavy-duty tool used to internally engage and pull casing in any type of fishing operation. The C Spear features more slip area than the B, D, and E Spears, approaching full circle, so it is primarily used for recovering old or worn casing. The C spear is constructed from heat-treated alloy steels for maximum downhole dependability. The carburized teeth of the slips firmly engage the casing, yet will not damage the casing in a pulling or jarring operation. The C spear is simple to operate. The spear is lowered to fishing depth and rotated 1/8 th turn to the left to place it in the catch position. Upward movement of the string forces the slips outward from the mandrel, engaging the casing. To release the spear, drop the string downward, breaking the mandrel/slip friction. Rotation of 1/8 th turn to the right puts the spear in the release position. The spear may be easily converted to left-hand release. The C Spear can only be dressed in a limited catch range. FEATURES/BENEFITS Large surface contact area Carburized slips Sets for left or right-hand release Runs as string spear without stop ring

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Spear Size 7 - 7-5/8 OD (In.) 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-3/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 9 9 9 9 9 9 Min (In.) 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 Friction Block Max (mm) (In.) (mm) Slips Min (In.) 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 6-7/8 7-7/16 7-7/16 7-7/16 7-7/16 7-7/16 7-23/32 7-7/16 7-7/16 7-23/32 7-23/32 7-23/32 7-23/32 Max (In.) 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-21/32 7-21/32 7-21/32 7-21/32 7-21/32 7-21/32 7-21/32 8-7/32 8-7/32 8-7/32 8-7/32 8-7/32 8-1/2 8-7/32 8-7/32 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2

(mm) 177,8 177,8 177,8 177,8 177,8 177,8 177,8 193,7 193,7 193,7 206,4 206,4 206,4 206,4 206,4 212,7 219,1 219,1 219,1 219,1 219,1 219,1 219,1 228,6 228,6 228,6 228,6 228,6 228,6

(lb/ft) (kg/m) 38.00 35.00 32.00 29.00 26.00 20.00 17.00 39.00 33.70 29.70 41.70 39.50 35.50 32.00 28.00 37.00 49.00 44.00 40.00 36.00 32.00 28.00 24.00 55.00 50.20 45.00 40.00 38.00 34.00

(mm) 146,1 146,1 146,1 146,1 146,1 161,9 161,9 161,9 161,9 161,9 174,6 174,6 174,6 174,6 174,6 174,6 174,6 188,9 188,9 188,9 188,9 188,9 196,1 188,9 188,9 196,1 196,1 196,1 196,1

(mm) 165,1 165,1 165,1 165,1 165,1 181,0 181,0 181,0 181,0 181,0 194,5 194,5 194,5 194,5 194,5 194,5 194,5 208,8 208,8 208,8 208,8 208,8 215,9 208,8 208,8 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9

8-1/8 - 9

C Casing Spear Product No. 126-10

56,48 52,02 47,56 43,10 38,64 29,73 25,27 57,97 50,09 44,14 61,98 58,71 52,76 47,56 41,62 54,99 72,83 65,40 59,45 53,51 47,56 41,62 35,67 81,75 74,61 66,88 59,45 56,48 50,53

146,1 146,1 146,1 146,1 146,1 161,9 161,9 161,9 161,9 161,9 174,6 174,6 174,6 174,6 181,0 181,0 181,0 181,0 181,0 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7

6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 7-3/4 8 8 8 8 8 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2 8-1/2

165,1 165,1 165,1 165,1 165,1 181,0 181,0 181,0 181,0 181,0 196,9 196,9 196,9 196,9 203,2 203,2 203,2 203,2 203,2 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9 215,9

50

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE TYPE E CASING SPEAR Product No. 121-09
The TRI-STATE Type E Casing Spear is a heavy-duty, high-strength tool that withstands the most severe downhole requirements. It is available in two sizes. The smaller size for 7" to 11-3/4" casing and the larger spear handles 13-3/8" to 30" casing. The 7" to 11-3/4" spear, as illustrated, runs with an alternate slip retainer nut with stop to indicate proper depth within the fish. The E Casing Spear is made from selected steels and is much stronger than the tool joints it is designed to run with. The spear is simple and easy to operate. The spear should be run with the stop sub; however, it has been used as a string spear. (Caution: Before it can be used as string spear, the friction between the slips and the casing should be checked to see that there is sufficient friction to support the slip body so the spear may be released.) Drill collars and jars should be run when a stuck fish is anticipated. When the spear enters the casing, it can be detected by the weight indicator since there is considerable friction between the slip and casing and when the stop sub lands on the casing. The spear is usually set for right-hand release. One-half round of left-hand rotation will place the spear in the catch position allowing the slip cone to be pulled into the slips, expanding the slip causing it to be firmly set in the pipe. The E Casing Spear can be released at any time by bumping down sharply to break the freeze on the slips then rotating one-half turn to the right. The spear can be reset to the catch position by rotating one-half turn to the left. This spear can be set and released any number of times without coming out of the hole. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Sets for right-hand or left-hand release Rugged design Easily modified to catch non API casing sizes Large catch range for each slip size

TYPE L CASING SPEAR Product No. 127-10

The Type L Casing Spear is designed specifically for the recovery of larger casing sizes. Because of the size of the spear, it is dressed, shipped, and stored on a built-for-purpose skid. The spear can be dressed to recover 26" through 42" casing. (No illustration shown.)

TYPE E CASING SPEAR PRODUCT NO. 121-09 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Type E Dressing Chart for 7" through 11-3/4" Casing Casing size Weight (In.) (mm) 7 177,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 7 177,8 7-5/8 193,7 20 26,93 7.312 185,7 6.937 176,2 10-3/4 273,1 7-5/8 193,7 7-5/8 193,7 9-5/8 244,5

(lb/ft) 17 - 20 23 - 26 (kg/m) 25,26 -29,73 34,19 - 38,65 6.688 169,9 6.313 160,4 9-5/8 244,5 6.5 165,1 6.125 155,6 9-5/8 244,5

29 - 32 35 - 38 43,11 - 47,57 52,00 - 56,47 6.312 160,3 5.938 150,8 10-3/4 273,1 6.125 155,6 5.75 146,1 10-3/4 273,1

24 - 29,7 33,7 - 39 32,3-36 35,66 - 44,13 50,10 - 57,89 48,00 - 53,51 7.15 181,6 6.775 172,1 10-3/4 273,1 6.9 175,3 6.525 165,7 11-3/4 298,5 9.125 231,8 8.75 222,3 11-3/4 298,5

Maximum Catch (In.) (mm) Minimum Catch (In.) (mm) Casing Size Weight (In.) (mm)

(lb/ft) 40-43.5 47-53.5 (kg/m) 59,45 - 64,67 69,85 - 79,53 9.87 250,7 9.495 241,2 8.813 223,9 8.469 215,1

32.75-40.5 45.5-51 55,5-60,7 48,69 - 60,21 67,62 - 75,79 82,48 - 90,23 10.3 261,6 9.925 252,1 10.06 255,5 9.685 246 9.87 250,7 9.495 241,2

65.7-71.1 42-47 54-60 97,64 - 105,68 62,44 - 69,85 80,25 - 91,24 9.65 245,1 9.275 235,6 11.25 285,8 10.875 276,2 11 279,4 10.625 269,9

Maximum Catch (In.) (mm) Minimum Catch (In.) (mm)

Type E Dressing Chart for 13-3/8" - 30" Casing size Weight (In.) (mm) (lbs/ft) (kg/m) 13-3/8 339,7 48-72 71,33 - 107,03 12.875 327 11.75 298,5 16 406,4 65-109 96,59 - 162,02 15.375 390,5 14.313 363,6 18-5/8 473,1 73.09-93.96 108.63 - 139.65 18.25 463,6 17 431,8 20 508 94-133 139,70 - 197,68 19.625 498,5 18.563 471,5 30 762 309 459,27 28.625 727,1 27.563 700,1 30 762 455 676,25 27.625 701,7 26.563 674,7 E Casing Spear Product No. 121-09

Maximum Catch (In.) (mm) Minimum Catch (In.) (mm)

51

FISHING SERVICES
WELLHEAD CUT & PULL SPEAR Product No. 122-14
The Wellhead Cut & Pull Spear is a heavy duty spear designed to latch into subsea wellhead running profiles. The latching dogs are easily changed for the various types of subsea wellheads used today. Because the spear latches into the running profile of the wellhead, the risk of damage to the seal area is minimized. The spear eliminates the need for a marine swivel. Cutting in tension reduces the risk of connection failure. Cutting torque is reduced minimizing wear and tear on the casing cutter. This assures extended cutter life. FEATURES/BENEFITS Latches into wellhead in wellhead manufactures running profile Easily field dressed to catch wellheads of all major manufactures Cutting in tension reduces risk of string failure Cutting in tension reduces peripheral movement of cutter Latching into wellhead profile reduces the risk of damage to wellhead seal area Cutting and retrieving in one trip reduces rig time

TRI-STATE TYPE E CUT AND PULL CASING SPEAR Product No. 122-13
The Type E Cut and Pull Spear is an E Spear modified for rotation to run in tandem with the multi-string cutter. It is available in two sizes: 13-3/8" to 30" casing and 9-5/8" casing. The spear has drive mandrel with 19" free travel that rotates inside the slip body and a thrust bearing in the bottom sub. By incorporating a right-hand set and left-hand release, the spear is in the set position at all times when cutting. A fishing bumper sub with a minimum of 20" stroke is required to release the spear. This also allows the downward movement of the spear to keep weight off the knives of the cutter when releasing. The cutting torque of a conventional marine swivel and multi-string cutter is reduced by 50% when the swivel is replaced with the Cut and Pull Spear. Trip time is also reduced to a single trip FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Can be set for right-hand or left-hand release Rugged design Easily modified to catch non-API casing sizes Most parts interchangeable with standard E Spear Can be used as conventional casing spear

TYPE E CUT AND PULL CASING SPEAR PRODUCT NO. 122-13 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size
Wellhead Cut & Pull Spear Product No. 122-14

Spear ID Top Connection Bottom Connection Bearing Dynamic Load Bearing Static Load

(In.) (mm) (In.) (mm)

(lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg)

9-5/8 244,5 1-1/2 38,1 4-1/2 API IF Box 4-1/2 API IF Pin 113,000 51,363 231,000 105,000

13-3/8 - 30 339,7 - 762 2-1/4 57,1 6-5/8 API Reg Box 6-5/8 API Reg Pin 173,102 78,682 595,743 270,792

52

FISHING SERVICES
CASING AND TUBING SPEAR PACK-OFF ASSEMBLY Product Nos. 120-15 & 121-15
The Spear Pack-Off is designed to run just below a casing spear. This allows hydraulic pressure to be applied to the fish. Hydraulic pressure applied to the fish adds tremendous lifting power to the fishing string and aids in the breakdown of sediment or formation that may be holding the fish. In many cases, the running of this spear accessory may aid in recovering a fish in one piece instead of resorting to cutting and jarring out sections. The design incorporates a standard pack-off cup and is available for most casing sizes. The pack-off cup is protected by a guide which reduces the risk of damage while tripping or entering the fish. FEATURES/BENEFITS May use hydraulic force to apply over pull to fish Runs with any type spear Rugged design

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Casing Weight Top Connection Casing Size Casing Weight Top Connection Casing Size Casing Weight Top Connection Casing Size Casing Weight Top Connection Casing Size Casing Weight Top Connection Casing Size Casing Weight Top Connection (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) (In.) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) 4-1/2 114,3 15.3 - 18.1 22,7 - 26,9 5-1/2 139,7 17 - 23 25,3 - 34,2 4-1/2 114,3 9.5 - 12.6 14,1 - 18,7 5-1/2 139,7 13 - 15 19,3 - 22,3 4-3/4 120,7 16 23,8 5 1/2 139,7 15.5 - 17 23 - 25,3 5 127,0 18 - 21 26,7 - 31.2 2-3/8 API Reg 5 3/4 146,05 14 - 17 20,8 - 25,3 2-7/8 API Reg 7 177,8 38 38.6 3-1/2 API Reg 7-5/8 193,68 26.4 - 29.7 39,2 - 44,1 3-1/2 API Reg 8-5/8 219,08 28 - 36 41,6 - 53,5 4-1/2 API Reg 11-3/4 298,45 38 - 60 56,5 - 89,2 4-1/2 API Reg 5 127,0 13 - 15 19,3 - 22,3 2-3/8 API Reg 6 152,4 20 29,7 2-7/8 API Reg 7 177,8 32 - 35.3 47,6 - 52,5 3-1/2 API Reg 7-5/8 193,68 29.7 - 33.7 39,2 - 44,2 3-1/2 API Reg 9 228,6 40 - 45 59,5 - 66,9 4-1/2 API Reg 13-3/8 339,72 48 - 72 71,3 - 107 6-5/8 API Reg

2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg 2-3/8 API Reg

2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 2-7/8 API Reg 6 152,4 14 - 18 20,8 - 26,7 6 5/8 158,75 24 - 29 35,7 - 43,1 6 5/8 158,75 20 - 22 29,7 - 32,7

2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 7 177,8 26 - 30 38,6 - 44,6 7 177,8 22 - 24 32,7 - 35,7 7 177,8 17 - 20 25,3 - 29,7

3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 7-5/8 193,68 39 58 8-5/8 219,08 40 - 49 59,5 - 72,8 8-5/8 219,08 36 - 40 53,5 - 59,5

3-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 9-5/8 244,48 47 - 53.5 69,8 - 79,5 9-5/8 244,48 36 - 43.5 53.5 - 64,6 10-3/4 273,05 32.7 - 55.5 48,6 - 82,5

4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API Reg

Casing Spear Pack-Off Assembly Product Nos. 120-15

53

FISHING SERVICES
T-DOG OVERSHOT Product No. 114-07
The T-Dog Overshot is a releasable overshot designed to catch collared pipe and tubing. Integral tubing is caught by replacing the T-dog assembly with a flipper-dog assembly. Coiled tubing can be recovered by replacing the T-dog cage assembly with a mouse trap assembly. The T-Dog Overshot is generally run directly above the guide or rotary shoe, but may be run anywhere in the washpipe string. The tool is run down over the string of pipe, past a collar or connection. The spring-loaded T-dogs then expand to pass over the collar. When the string is elevated, the dogs firmly engage the coupling and the fish can be retrieved. The tool may be released at any time by picking up and engaging a collar, then while maintaining a slight strain, slowly rotating it to the right. This action allows the T-dogs to expand and release the coupling. FEATURES/BENEFITS Tool is releasable at any time Release operation may be repeated several times without damaging or affecting the tools ability to reengage Solid body with no windows allows the overshot to be used in the washover string for one-trip recovery Slips energized by finger springs that place them in the catch position automatically as they pass over and under the coupling Box-x-pin washpipe connections allow overshot to be positioned at any point in the washover string Cage design allows unrestricted passage of coupling through the tool allowing the washover of several joints of pipe at one time Body constructed from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel with flame-hardened slip teeth for positive engagement under the coupling

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Top Connection Tool OD (In.) 3-5/8 TSWP 3-13/16 TSWP 3-13/16 TSWP 4 TSWP 4-1/2 TSWP 5 X-Line 5-3/8 TSS 5-1/2 TSWP 5-1/2 TSWP 5-1/2 X-Line 5-1/2 X-Line 5-3/4 TSS 5-3/4 TSS 6-5/8 X-Line 7 X-Line 7-5/8 TSWP 7-5/8 X-Line 7-5/8 Speedtite 3-5/8 3-13/16 3-7/16 4-1/16

(mm) 92,1 96,8 98,4 103,2

Tool ID (in.) 2-5/8 2-3/4 3-1/8 3-3/16

(mm) 66,7 69,8 79,4 81

Catch Size (In.) 1.600 - 1.900 1.600 - 1.900 1.900 - 2 3/8 EUE 1.900 - 2-3/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 3-1/2 EUE - 3-1/2 NUE - 4 NUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 2-3/8 EUE - 2-7/8 EUE 3-1/2 EUE - 3-1/2 NUE - 4 NUE 2-7/8 EUE - 4-1/2 Csg 4-1/2 Csg - 5 Csg 5-1/2 Csg 4-1/2 Csg - 5-1/2 Csg 6 Csg

(mm) 40,6 - 48,3 40,6 - 48,3 48,3 - 60,3 48,3 - 60,3 60,4 60,4 60,4 60,4 60,4 60,4 60,4 - 101,6 60,4 60,4 - 101,6 73 - 114,3 114,3 139,7 114,3 - 139,7 152,4

Cage ID (In.) 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-3/16 3-3/16 3-3/16 - 3-3/4 4-3/16 4-3/16 4-3/16 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-5/8 4-1/4 4-5/8 5-1/4 6-3/16 6-1/8 6-3/8 6-3/4

(mm) 66,7 66,7 81 81 81 - 95,3 106,4 106,4 106,4 108 108 117,5 108 117,5 133,4 157,2 155,6 161,9 171,4

4-1/2 - 4-11/16 114,3 - 119,1 3-1/4 - 3-3/4 82,5 - 95,2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-7/8 5-7/8 5-7/8 5-7/8 7 7-1/2 7-3/4 8 8-1/8

139,7 139,7 139,7 142,9 149,2 149,2 149,2 149,2 177,8 190,5
196,9

3-27/32 4-3/16 3-13/16 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-5/8 4-1/4 4-5/8 5-1/4 6-3/16 6-1/8 6-3/16 6-3/4

97,6 106,4 96,8 107,9 107,9 117,5 107,9 117,5 133,3 157,1625 155,575 157,1625 171,45

203,2 206,4

T-Dog Overshot Product No. 114-07

54

FISHING SERVICES
ROLLING DOG OVERSHOT Product No. 116-07
The Rolling Dog Overshot is a washover type overshot used to catch slick pipe, drill collars, and tubing. It is also used to recover coiled tubing and upset tubing. The unique design of the rolling dogs allows passage over the fish by rolling back in the body. When the length of fish to be recovered has been reached, an upward pull will set the rolling dogs against the pipe. Each dog has a series of sharp cutting wickers that bite into the pipe and the more upward pull the tighter the dogs will grip the fish. This overshot is not releasable after the rolling dogs are engaged. Overpull will allow the rolling dogs to shear and recover the overshot. FEATURES/BENEFITS Solid body with no windows allows the overshot to be used in the washover string for one-trip recovery Dogs are energized by finger springs that place them in the catch position automatically as they pass over and under the coupling Box-x-pin washpipe connections allow overshot to be positioned either directly over the rotary shoe or higher up in the washover string Cage design allows unrestricted passage of coupling through the tool and lets the operator wash over several joints of pipe Body constructed from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel with flame-hardened slip teeth for positive engagement any where on a tube

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Top Connection Overshot OD (In.) 1-1/4 HYD.CS 2-7/8S WP. FJ 3-13/16 TSWP 3-13/16 TSS 3-13-16 TSS 3-13/16 TSS 3-13/16 TSWP 4" TSWP 4-3/8 TSWP 4-1/2 TSWP 5-1/2 TSWP 5-3/4 TSS 5-1/2 X-Line 5-1/2 X-Line 5-3/4 TSS 7" X-Line 2-1/4 3 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/2 5-3/4 5-7/8 5-7/8 6 8 Overshot ID (In.) 1-5/16 2 2-15/16 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/16 3-1/4 3-3/16 3-3/8 4-1/8 5 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-1/2 6-1/4 Catch Size (In.) 1.660 1.000 1.750 1.315 - 1.660 - 1.000 0.750 1.900 - 1.315 0.625 2.375 2.375 2.375 2.875 - 3.375 - 3.625 4.750 1.315 - 1.660 2.375 - 2.875 - 1.900 - 2.875 - 2.375 3.500 - 2.875 - 2.375 4.437 Dogs Reqd

(mm) 57,2 76,2 96,8 96,8 96,8 96,8 96,8 111,1 114,3 114,3 139,7 146,1 149,2 149,2 152,4 203,2

(mm) 33,3 50,8 74,6 60,3 60,3 63,5 81,0 82,6 81,0 85,7 104,8 127,0 117,5 117,5 114,3 158,8

(mm) 42,2 25,4 44,5

33,4 - 42,2 - 25,4
4 4 6 5 4 5 8 5 5 5 5 8 4 6 5 8

19,1 48,3 - 33,4 15,9 60,3 60,3 60,3

73 - 85,7 - 92,1

120,7 33,4 - 42,2

60,3 - 73 - 48,3 - 73 - 60,3

88,9 - 73 - 60,3 112-7/10

Rolling Dog Overshot Product No. 116-07

55

FISHING SERVICES
KELO OVERSHOT Product No. 110-06
The Kelo Overshot is a simple bulldog design overshot. It is used to catch small diameter workstrings, sucker rods, or coiled tubing. The socket design incorporates a single slip which moves vertically along the slip guide. By lowering the overshot over a fish the slip is pushed up the guide, straight pick up will pull the slip down and engage the fish. The more overpull is applied, the harder the slip will bite into the fish. Therefore the overshot is not releasable. Kelo Sockets are manufactured with washpipe connections. This allows washpipe to run above the overshot if the workstring ID is insufficient to swallow the fish. A washover shoe may be run below the overshot to dress a fish that may have been flared beyond the ID of the Kelo Socket. FEATURES/BENEFITS The slip is the only moving part Slip is constructed of high-grade alloy and carburized to retain sharpness Simple to operate Washpipe connection allows options such as dressing guide or oversize guide SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD of Overshot (In.) (mm) Maximum Size (In.) (mm) Minimum Catch (In.) (mm) Top Connection Bottom Connection 2-1/8 2-1/4 53,9 57,2 5/8 1-1/16 15,9 27 0 15/32 0 11,9 1-1/4 1-1/2 CS Hydril CS Hydril Cutlip Guide 1-1/2 CS Hydril 3-1/2 88,9 1-11/16 42,9 5/8 15,9 3-1/2 TSWP 3-1/2 TSWP 4-1/8 104,8 2 50,8 0 4 TSWP 4 TSWP 4-1/2 114,3 2.179 55,3 0 4-1/2 TSWP 4-1/2 TSWP 5-3/4 146,1 1-11/16 42,9 0 5-3/4 TSWP 5-3/4 TSWP

Kelo Overshot Product No. 110-06

BULLDOG OVERSHOT Product No. 111-07

The Bulldog Overshot is designed for straight pick up only of fish with OD too large to be caught by any other method. The overshot is a simple design which incorporates a C grapple. The overshot can be manufactured in one or two pieces. The overshot is not releasable and has limited tensile and torsional strengths. FEATURES/BENEFITS Smallest ratio of fish OD to overshot OD Simple design SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Overshot OD Catch Size
Bulldog Overshot Product No. 111-07

(In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (lbs) (kg)

3-5/8 92,1 2-7/8 73,0 34,417 15591

3-5/8 92,1 3-1/8 79,4 17,548 7949

4 103,2 3-1/2 88,9 18,965 8591

4-1/16 103,2 3-3/4 95,3 5,689 2577

8-3/8 212,7 7.441 189,0 99,266 44967

Tensile Yield

56

FISHING SERVICES
HOLLOW MILL CONTAINER AND INSERT Product No. 151-20
The Hollow Mill Assembly, which consists of a Hollow Mill Extension and a Hollow Mill Insert, is used as an overshot accessory to mill away flared or oversized tops of pipe that have twisted or broken off during drilling operations. Because the fish can pass into the grapple and bowl, the Hollow Mill Assembly makes it possible to mill and recover in a single trip. The Hollow Mill Assembly is made up between the overshot bowl and guide. Due to the total torque being applied to the tang of the Hollow Mill Insert, the milling operation should be carried out with low weight and torque. Once the oversized top of the fish is milled away, the fish can be engaged according to standard Bowen releasing overshot procedures. The Hollow Mill Insert can only be used with basket grapples. FEATURES/BENEFITS Permits milling and recovery in a single trip Unique taper design of insert permits full removal of flared or oversized top fish Mill insert placement allows the fish to be dressed before the grapple engages and gives the operator a positive indication that the overshot will swallow the fish Insert made from low-alloy steel to allow multiple redressing and avoid stress cracking Mill insert dressed with SUPERLOY crushed carbide cutting material to ensure efficient milling Extension constructed from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel for superior strength

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Overshot OD Overshot Bowl No. Maximum Insert ID (In.) (mm) Overshot OD Overshot Bowl No. Maximum Insert ID (In.) (mm) Overshot OD Overshot Bowl No. Maximum Insert ID (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 3-1/8 79,4 9306 2 50,8 6-1/8 155,6 7788 4-3/8 111,1 8-1/8 206,4 3711 5-3/4 146,1 3-5/8 92,1 9271 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 98,4 100,0 104,8 1836 5103 9107 4-3/8 4-11/16 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-9/16 5-9/16 5-5/8 5-3/4 111,1 119,1 133,4 133,4 141,3 141,3 142,9 146,1 4621 2-7/8 73,0 9111 3-1/8 79,4 4717 3-3/4 95,3 9517 5898 5898 5170 8977 3-1/4 3-11/16 3-11/16 4-1/4 4-1/4 82,6 93,7 93,7 108,0 108,0

2-19/32 2-5/8 2-19/32 2-5/8 65,9 66,7 65,9 66,7 6-5/8 168,3 8617 4-7/8 123,8 8-5/8 219,1 7801 6-1/4 158,8 7-3/8 7-3/8 7-3/8 187,3 187,3 187,3 3522 6152 9694

7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-3/4 8-1/8 8-1/8 193,7 193,7 193,7 193,7 196,9 196,9 206,4 206,4 1641 1657 7574 9862 9134 9164 9219 9817

5 5 5-5/8 127,0 127,0 142,9 8-7/8 8-7/8 9-3/8 225,4 225,4 238,1 9852 10261 1501 7-1/8 6-1/2 7 181,0 165,1 177,8

5-9/16 5-3/8 5-1/4 5-7/8 6 5-5/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 141,3 136,5 133,4 149,2 152,4 142,9 161,9 161,9 9-1/2 9-5/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 11-1/4 11-3/4 12-3/4 241,3 244,5 266,7 269,9 285,8 298,5 323,9 9062 266 5307 5323 12824 5331 15802

7-3/4 7-1/4 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-7/8 9-3/8 10-1/2 196,9 184,2 206,4 209,6 225,4 238,1 266,7

Hollow Mill Container and Insert Product No. 151-20

57

FISHING SERVICES
HIGH PRESSURE PACK-OFF Product No. 110-59
The High Pressure Pack-Off Assembly is an overshot accessory that is run between the top sub and the bowl of an overshot to establish high pressure circulation. The pack-off is a simple design consisting of the pack-off sub with packing and packing retainer rings. Once a clean fish top has been established, the High Pressure Pack-off can be run with an overshot. The fish is engaged as per operating instructions for the overshot being used. Once the fish has been positively engaged, it is possible to apply two to three times the pressure which can normally be applied to a standard overshot packing. The packing is normally stacked to hold pressure internally and externally. FEATURES/BENEFITS Converts standard overshot to a temporary or permanent patch Allows high pressure circulation to remove ID blockage Packing corrosion resistant Packing rings pressure energized for positive seal on fish Pack-off threads compatible with most overshot threads H2S service assemblies available on request

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Bowl No. 9271 9271 9271 9271 9271 B5103 B5103 B1836 9107 9107 8223 B5117 9107 8223 9107 B4621 9111 9111 9111 B4717 5898 8977 8977 Overshot Size (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) 3-5/8 92,1 3-5/8 92,1 3-5/8 92,1 3-5/8 92,1 3-5/8 92,1 3-7/8 98,4 3-7/8 98,4 3-7/8 98,4 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/8 104,8 4-3/8 111,1 4-11/16 119,1 4-11/16 119,1 4-11/16 119,1 5-1/4 133,4 5-9/16 141,3 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 Size to Pack-Off Body-psi 1-1/4 31,8 1,660 42,2 2 50,8 2-1/16 52,4 2-3/8 60,3 2-3/8 60,3 2-7/8 73,0 2-7/8 73,0 1,900 48,3 2-3/8 60,3 2-3/8 60,3 2-7/8 73,0 2-7/8 73,0 2-7/8 73,0 3-1/16 77,8 2-7/8 73,0 2-1/16 52,4 2-3/8 60,3 2-7/8 73,0 3-1/2 88,9 2-3/8 60,3 2-3/8 60,3 3-1/16 77,8 3-1/16 77,8 Burst Pressure 7,200 496,6 7,200 496,6 7,200 496,6 7,200 496,6 7,200 496,6 7,100 489,7 7,100 489,7 9,050 624,1 9,000 620,7 9,000 620,7 8,000 551,7 9,000 620,7 9,000 620,7 8,000 551,7 9,000 620,7 5,800 400,0 8,400 579,3 8,400 579,3 8,400 579,3 6,500 448,3 8,600 593,1 8,600 593,1 8,600 593,1 8,600 593,1 Bowl No. 8977 8977 8977 8977 7788 6152 9694 B3522 9694 7574 7574 9134 9134 1657 1657 9134 9134 9219 9219 9219 B3711 7801 15802 Overshot Size (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) (In./psi) (mm/bar) 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 5-3/4 146,1 6-1/8 155,6 7-3/8 187,3 7-3/8 187,3 7-3/8 187,3 7-3/8 187,3 7-5/8 193,7 7-5/8 193,7 7-3/4 196,9 7-3/4 196,9 7-7/8 200,0 7-7/8 200,0 8 203,2 8 203,2 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 8-1/8 206,4 8-5/8 219,1 12-3/4 323,9 Size to Pack-Off 4 101,6 3-1/2 88,9 4-1/8 104,8 4-1/2 114,3 3-1/2 88,9 4 101,6 4 101,6 4 101,6 4-1/2 114,3 3-1/2 88,9 4 101,6 4-1/2 114,3 5 127,0 4-1/2 114,3 5-1/2 139,7 4-1/2 114,3 5 127,0 4-1/2 114,3 5 127,0 5-1/2 139,7 6-1/4 158,8 4-1/2 114,3 10-3/4 273,1 Burst Pressure Body-psi 8,600 593,1 8,600 593,1 8,600 593,1 8,600 593,1 5,600 386,2 8,000 551,7 5,500 379,3 7,000 482,8 5,500 379,3 7,500 517,2 7,500 517,2 5,100 351,7 5,100 351,7 5,500 379,3 5,500 379,3 7,100 489,7 7,100 489,7 4,800 331,0 4,800 331,0 4,800 331,0 5,500 379,3 6,000 413,8 3,400 234,4

High Pressure Pack-Off Product No. 110-59

8977

58

FISHING SERVICES
CENTER PRONG AND CRANKSHAFT ROPE SPEAR Product Nos. 120-28 & 122-29
The Rope Spear is a reliable and efficient wireline and wire rope retrieval tool. The rope spear retrieves all sizes of electric wireline, slick line, braided line, or other types of wire rope that have been left downhole. It can also be used to retrieve control line or ESP cable that has been left downhole. This tool has been very successful in recovering these items in cased or open hole. The Rope Spear is one of the easiest tools in the industry to operate. The tool is dressed with the proper lower shank, run downhole on two or three drill collars to the required depth, and rotated to the right until ample contact with the wireline is achieved. As the workstring is pulled up, the wireline that is wrapped around the spear slips down and latches onto the barbs. Assuming satisfactory contact is made with the wireline, the retrieval operation can be successfully completed in one run. FEATURE/BENEFITS One of industrys most reliable, efficient tools for retrieving wireline Proven track record of hundreds of successful runs and many years of maintenance-free service Retrieves cut wireline and rope still attached to a tool stuck downhole

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size Top Connection OD of Tool (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 - 10-3/4 114,3 2-3/8" API Reg 3-1/8 79,4 5 - 10-3/4 127 2-7/8" API Reg 4-1/8 104,8 7-5/8 193,7 4-1/2" API IF 6-1/4 158,7

Center Prong Rope Spear Product No. 120-28

Crankshaft Rope Spear Product No. 122-29

59

FISHING SERVICES
WIRELINE CUTTER Product No. 170-26
The Mechanical Wireline Cutter is used to cut a wireline just above the rope socket of a stuck tool. This allows the cut line to be retrieved in one piece while providing a desirable fishing top on the stuck tool. The cutter is installed over the line and run in on wireline or pipe, if clearances permit. The cutter is installed over the wireline by removing the keeper block. The keeper block is replaced and the cutter attached to a run-in line by means of a rope socket or crossover sub. Cutting knives are then activated by applying an upward strain on the run-in line or pipe that continues until the cut is indicated. The cut wireline and run-in line (or pipe) are then retrieved and fishing operations begun on the stuck tool. It may be desirable, when line condition is questionable, to make a dummy run with cutter knives removed to be certain that no obstacles are encountered from surface down to the stuck tool.
Wireline Cutter Product No. 170-26

LATCH JACK SPEAR Product No. 122-28

The Latch Jack is a wireline fishing tool designed for fishing wire through restrictions or wire that has become balled up. The tool is manufactured from high tensile steel so that the prongs may be forced down into or around a reasonably compacted ball of wire. The design incorporates barbs on the ID only so that wire on the outside of the tool may be easily pulled down rather then having to yield the wire creating smaller unfishable pieces. Similar spears are manufactured without the latch in two and three prong designs. FEATURES/BENEFITS Fishes wire through restrictions Fishes balls of wire without creating smaller broken pieces of wire Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

FEATURES/BENEFITS Allows wireline to be retrieved in one piece Provides a desirable fishing top in the stuck tool Saves rig time by eliminating fishing trips with wire-rope spears Eliminates the need for a rig if wireline and stuck tools can be recovered with another wireline unit

WILSON MOUSE TRAP INSERT Product No. 112-07

The Wilson Mouse Trap or Trap Door Insert is a simple flapper design which is highly effective at fishing cable, sucker rods, small tubing, washstring, or coiled tubing. Depending on the application, the flapper may be manufactured with cutting or gripping capabilities. The Overshot with the Mouse Trap Insert can be run below washpipe or any suitable string for swallowing the fish. Reverse circulation may be used to help pull the fish into the overshot. Due to the flapper design once circulation is pumped down the workstring, the flappers will be forced down by the circulating pressure, increasing the bite on the fish or cutting the fish. FEATURES/BENEFITS Wide catching range Can be manufactured to fit any overshot bowl Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

WIRELINE CUTTER PRODUCT NO. 170-26 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Size OD (In.) (mm) 1-7/8 47,6 5/8 Rod Pin 1/2 12,7 2-1/4 57,2 7/8 Rod Pin 3/4 19,1 3-1/2 88,9 2-3/8 EUE 1 25,4 4-1/4 108 2-7/8 EUE 1 25,4

Top Connection Maximum Size (In.) of Cut (mm)

Latch Jack Product No. 122-28

60

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC PACKER RETRIEVING SPEAR Product No. 140-66
Hydraulic Packer Retrieving Tool (PRT)provides a highly reliable method of milling and retrieving permanent packers in one run. This tool provides the operator two releasing methods should it become necessary to release the packer down hole. The primary method of releasing is achieved hydraulically while the secondary method is achieved mechanically. The primary release is activated by increasing the flow rate through the tool forcing the grapple up the PRT mandrel into the release position. The increased circulating rate is maintained until the PRT spear has been pulled through the packer bore. This method of releasing has proven to be highly successful and desirable in highly deviated holes where the activation of J slots or straight overpull shearing might be difficult. The secondary method of releasing is accomplished by the shearing of the emergency shear ring. Normal shear ring value ranges from 200,000 to 500,000 (90909 to 22727) shear. Jars should be run to accommodate the high shearing pull required. This would only be used if fluid loss inside a wellbore made it impossible to release by the primary hydraulic release. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design; the grapple is the only moving part Hydraulic release provides an easy release mechanism in highly deviated wells Jars may be run with spear Emergency shear-ring release Manufactured from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel May be used with packer mill or burning shoe

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series Top Connection OD of Tool Catch Range (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 100 1-13/16 TS PRT 1-3/4 44,5 1.968 - 2.750 50 - 69,9 200 2-1/4 TS PRT 2-3/8 60,3 2.468 - 3.250 62,7 - 83 300 2-1/4 TS PRT 2-3/4 69,8 3.00 - 4.00 76,2 - 101,6 400 3-1/8 TS PRT 3-1/2 88,9 4.00 - 5.00 101,6 - 127 500 3-1/4 6P Acme 4-1/4 108 4.750. - 6.00 120,7 - 152,4

Hydraulic Packer Retrieving Spear Product No. 140-66

61

FISHING SERVICES
PACKER RETRIEVING SPEAR Product No. 140-31
The Packer Retrieving Spear is used to remove full bore drillable packers from the wellbore. It is used as the retrieving mechanism of a packer milling-retrieving assembly. The Packer Retrieving Spear passes through the bore of the packer and engages the lower end to allow a one-trip milling and recovery operation. The Packer Retrieving Spear is installed at the lower end of the milling assembly by means of sufficient extension joints. This allows the spear to clear the lower end of the packer bore before the SUPERLOY dressed shoe or mill makes contact with the outside of the packer. When the spear enters the packer bore the retrieving slip is forced up into a position where the OD is reduced to allow passage through the packer bore. As the slip clears the lower end of the packer, it drops into the catch position. The milling operation may now be performed and the packer retrieved. The spear will remain in catch position and withstand severe upward strain and sudden movement of the packer. If necessary, the retrieving spear may be released from the packer bore by righthand rotation and lowering of the fishing string after the spear slip has been pulled into friction contact with the packer. FEATURES/BENEFITS The tool can be released and reengaged May be run with a jarring assembly Wide variety of grapple sizes Hydraulics or shearing by overpull not needed to release

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series Top Connection OD of Tool Catch Range (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 100 1-13/16 TS PRT 1-3/4 44,5 1.968 - 2.750 50 - 69,9 200 300 400 3-1/8 TS PRT 3-1/2 88,9 4.00 - 5.00 101,6 - 127 500 3-1/4 6P Acme 4-1/4 108 4.750 - 6.00 120,7 - 152,4

2-1/4 TS PRT 2-1/4 TS PRT 2-3/8 60,3 2.468 - 3.250 62,7 - 83 2-3/4 69,8 3.00 - 4.00 76,2 - 101,6

Packer Retrieving Spear Product No. 140-31

62

FISHING SERVICES
CJ-1 PACKER RETRIEVING SPEAR Product No. 747-51
The CJ-1 Packer is designed to accommodate some of the extra long tailpipe assemblies run in the North Sea. The CJ-1 has three main components: the dog assembly, shear ring, and safety sub with shear screws. The CJ-1 may be run with a packer mill or burning shoe. Once the tool enters the packer bore, the spear is engaged. The spear remains in the catch position inside the mill-out extension or below the packer. After the packer has been burned over or milled a sufficient amount to allow it to be pushed downhole, the packer bottom sub will catch on the dogs. To release the CJ-1 the shear ring must first be sheared. The shear ring most often used has a 60,000 pound shear value. Once the shear ring has been sheared an overpull of 10,000 to 15,000 (4545 to 6818) is applied to the workstring and the safety nut backed off which will allow the dog assembly to be pulled down into the release position. The safety nut is also shear pinned in place and will not back off due to milling vibration FEATURES/BENEFITS Allows one-trip milling and recovery Simple to operate Can be used with milling assembly which offers higher milling weights than available with rotary shoes and washpipe Back-up releasing mechanisms reduce risk of accidentally releasing the spear

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series Top Connection OD of Tool Catch (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 80-32 2.375 6P Acme 3.17 80,5 3-1/4 82,6 80-47 x 38 2.875 6P Acme 3.66 92,9 3-3/4 95,3 80-40 3.062 6P Acme 3.86 98,0 3.00 - 4.00 76,2 - 101,6 190-60 x 47 3.750 6P Acme 4.56 115,8 4-3/4 120,7 190-60 3.750 6P Acme 5.70 144,8 4.750 - 6.00 120,7 - 152,4 190-75 x 60 3.750 6P Acme 5.70 144,8 6 152,4

CJ-1 Packer Retrieving Spear Product No. 747-51

63

FISHING SERVICES
SHEAR TYPE PACKER RETRIEVER Product No. 141-36
The Shear Type Packer Retriever Tool (PRT ) is designed to recover drillable packers in a one-trip milling and recovery operation. The Shear Type Packer Retriever may be run with a packer mill or burning shoe. To avoid accidentally stinging into the packer, the grapple is shear pinned in the catch position. As the spear enters the packer bore, the grapple set screws shear at approximately 15,000 lbs (6818 kg) of weight, giving a positive indication of engaging the packer. The grapple is then forced into a position to allow passage through the packer bore. Once through the packer, a return spring returns it to the catch position. The grapple remains in the catch position during the milling operation. If it is necessary to release the spear from the packer, the workstring is picked up to a load predetermined to shear the pins in the spear mandrel. Up to six pins, rated at 20,000 lbs (9090 kg) load each, may be used for each tool with the exception of the smallest tool, rated at 10,000 lbs (4545 kg) each. Other tools recommended for running with the PRT assembly include boot baskets, drill collars, and jars with ditch magnets in the circulation system. FEATURES/BENEFITS Allows one-trip milling and recovery Ideal for high-angle holes Simple to operate Can be used with milling assembly which offers higher milling weights than available with rotary shoes and washpipe Large circulation courses aid in removal of cuttings Increases flow area and clearances reduce junk cutting of casing Spear is releasable from the packer Body parts constructed from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Series Top Connection OD of Tool ID of Tool Shear Pin Load Catch Size (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (lbs) (kg) (In.) (mm) 100 1-13/16 PRT 1-13/16 46,0 3/8 9,5 60000 27180 2.688 68.3 300 3-1/8 PRT 3-1/8 79,4 1/2 12,7 110000 49830 3-1/4 - 3 7/8 82,6 - 98,4 400 3-1/8 PRT 3-11/16 93,7 1/2 12,7 110000 49830 3-7/8 - 4 - 4.400 98,4 - 101,6 - 111,8 500 4-1/4 PRT 4-5/8 117,5 1 25,4 110000 49830 4-3/4 - 5 - 6 120,6 - 127 - 152,4

Shear Type Packer Retriever Product No. 141-36

64

FISHING SERVICES
WILSON TYPE M J-JOINT Product No. 141-33
The Wilson Type M J-Joint has a simple two piece design consisting of the outer body and the double J mandrel. The M J-Joint is used in conjunction with a washover assembly to burn-over and retrieve packers in one trip. The two main advantages of this tool are the double J release and the ability to engage the fish with any type of fishing tool prior to the burn-over operation and remain engaged through the operation. The double J design of the mandrel eliminates the need to run any type of safety joint below the releasing joint. This is a great advantage when a taper or box tap must be used. The double J also makes it possible to use higher weights both up and down without accidentally releasing. FEATURES/BENEFITS Any type catching mechanism may be run Eliminates the need for a safety joint Easily released and reengaged Can be manufactured with any washpipe connection Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Double J eliminates risk of accidental release

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 3-3/4 4 4-3/8 4-1/2 5.360 5-1/2 5-5/8 6 7.390 Drive

mm 19,1 101,6 111,1 114,3 136,1 139,7 142,9 152,4 187,7

Bushing 3-3/4 W.P. HYD Box x Pin 4 W.P. HYD Box x Pin 4-3/8 W.P. HYD Box x Pin 4-1/2 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 5 X-LINE Box x Pin 5-1/2 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 5-5/8 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 6 W.P.HYD Box x Pin 7-5/8 X-LINE Box x Pin

Mandrel 1-13/16 WFJ Box x Pin 1-1/4 Reg Box x Pin 1-1/4 Reg Box x Pin 1-1/4 Reg Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin 2-3/8 Reg Box x Pin

M J-Joint Product No. 141-33

65

FISHING SERVICES
TRI-STATE TYPE B PACKER RETRIEVER Product No. 141-32
The TRI-STATE Type B Packer Retriever Assembly is used to burn-over and retrieve in one trip packers that cannot be recovered by conventional methods. The tool is designed to be used with an engaging device. The tool is also used to retrieve blanking plugs from permanently set packers. Additionally, it cleans sand from the top of the packer after the well has been reworked or squeezed above the packer in one trip. The B Packer Retriever Assembly consists of two parts: the body with washpipe threads on both ends and a J sub with small diameter workstring threads. The body has a built-in stop and two internal lugs to control the J sub. The stop will not allow the J sub to pass through the bottom of the body (Caution: Some types of releasing tools must be run with the B Packer Retriever). Shear pins in the body lock the J sub in position until the fish is engaged. The engaging tool is spaced out so that the fish will be engaged before the shoe can come in contact with the packer or bridge plug. Once the fish has been engaged, picking up will shear the pin and allow the body to be released from the J sub. Normal packer milling operations are carried out from this point. When the string is elevated, the J sub will reengage the body. FEATURES/BENEFITS Packers and tailpipe assemblies without mill-out extensions may be milled over and recovered in one trip Any type of engaging device may be used Wide selection of washpipe connections

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Washpipe Connection 3-13/16 TSWP 2-1/4 PRT 3-13/16 96,8 2-9/16 65,1 4 TSWP 2-3/8 FJ 4 101,6 2-11/16 68,3 4-3/8 TSWP 2-3/8 EUE 4-3/8 111,1 3-3/16 81,0 4-3/8 TSWP 2-1/4 PRT 4-3/8 111,1 3-5/16 84,1 4-1/2 TSWP 2-3/8 EUE 4-1/2 114,3 3-3/16 81,0 5 TSWP 2-3/8 EUE 5 127,0 3-5/8 92,1 5 X-line 2-7/8 EUE 5-3/8 136,5 3-3/4 95,3 5-1/2 TSWP 5-3/4 TSS 7-3/8 8-1/8 TSWP TSWP 3-1/2 3-1/2 API IF API IF 7-3/8 187,3 5-7/8 149,2 8-1/8 206,4 6-3/8 161,9

Bottom J Sub Connection

2-3/8 2-7/8 API Reg EUE 5-1/2 139,7 5-3/4 146,1

OD of Body

(In.) (mm) (In.) (mm)

ID of Body

4-1/16 4-1/4 103,2 108,0

B Packer Retriever Product No. 141-32

66

FISHING SERVICES
WILSON HYDRAULIC PULLING TOOL Product No. 140-27
The Wilson Hydraulic Pulling Tool is designed to pull objects from cased well bores using hydraulic pump pressure. The tool is designed to anchor in the casing, exert its pulling force on the fish below and transmit this force to the casing rather than the surface equipment. This design allows the pulling tool to be used with most conventional workover rigs and small workstrings. The pulling tool may be used to pull liners, retrievable packers, or any other objects that require heavy pulling strains. The pulling tool is composed of three sections: The relief valve section, which is run on top of the tool. The relief valve section assures the ability to release the slips and the pull load whether or not differential pressure exist at the tool. The anchor section, which is run immediatley below the relief valve, anchors the tool to the casing wall. The anchor section provides a large slip engagement area to safely transmit the heavy pulling strains with minimum risk to the casing. The pulling section is run below the anchor section. A blanking sub is run below the pulling section so that hydraulic pressure may be applied. The pulling section will produce pulling forces ranging from 35 lbs of pull per 1 psi with the 4" tool to 106 lbs of pull per 1 psi with the 7" tool. The pulling tool may be used with mechanical fishing tools, such as an overshot or screw-in assembly. FEATURES/BENEFITS Will operate off rig pumps or reversing unit May be used with small workstring May be used with low weight capacity workover rig May be used with any mechanical fishing tool

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Range (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (psi) (bar) 5 127 4 101,6 35:1 1:35 5-1/2 - 6-5/8 139,7 - 168,3 4-1/2 114,3 47:1 1:47 7 - 7-5/8 177,8 - 193,7 5-1/2 139,7 65:1 1:65 8-5/8 - 9-5/8 219,1 - 244,5 7 177,8 106:1 1:106

OD of Pulling Tool

Pulling Ratio

Wilson Hydraulic Pulling Tool Product No. 140-27

67

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC REVERSING TOOL Product No. 141-10
The Hydraulic Reversing Tool is a hydraulically operated backoff tool that is used to apply break-out torque and to unscrew lengths of drillpipe, tubing, and drill collars that have become stuck. The reversing tool is made up to the top of a typical left-hand fishing string (i.e. a left-hand box tap, taper tap, or overshot; a left-hand J-joint, and one or more joints of left-hand drillpipe). A 5 ft pup joint, bumper, and oil jars, 4-6 drill collars, crossovers, and the workstring are then added above the anchor section. (Note: All connections above the anchor section are right-hand.) The tools are tripped in the well and the fish is engaged. Anchor slips are set with pump pressure, then bled off, and the collar weight is lowered onto the anchor section. Next, the tool is pressured up to make backoff. The reversing tool is cycled until the connection is completely backed out. The pump is turned off and the workstring is picked up. This releases the slips in the anchor section and allows the fish to be tripped out of the hole. With minor modifications, the Hydraulic Reversing Tool has been used for downhole casing make up. FEATURES/BENEFITS Used for both cased hole and open hole fishing operations Easily adaptable to directional wells; hydraulic operation requires no rotary action after engaging the fish All torque transmitted from the anchor section directly to the fish; workstring does not transmit any backoff torque to the fish Backoff in cased hole requires no special strings of left-hand, heavy-wall, or high-strength tool joints Rugged construction for dependable downhole performance Body parts constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel engagement to the casing ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD Top Connection Casing Size and (In. / lb/ft) (In.) (mm) 4-1/2 114,3 3-1/2 API Reg 5-1/2 / 14-23 5-5/8 142,9 3-1/2 API IF 7 / 17 - 38 7-5/8 / 24 - 47.1 8 203,2 6-5/8 API Reg 9-5/8 / 32 - 53.5 10-3/4 / 32.75-65.7 11-3/4 42-60 13-3/8 48-72

(mm / kg/m)
Torque Output (ft/lb) (N/m)

139,7 / 20,8 - 34,2

15,000 11111

177,8 / 25,3 - 56,5 193,7 / 35,7 -70

25,000 18518

244,5 / 47,6 - 79,5 273,1 / 48,7 - 97,4

50,000 37037

298,5 / 62,4 - 89,2 339,7 / 71,3 - 107

Hydraulic Reversing Tool Product No. 141-10

68

FISHING SERVICES
DRILLING SAFETY JOINT Product No. 150-25
The Drilling Safety Joint is designed to provide a means of disconnecting from the bottom hole assembly or an unreleasable engaging tool without the use of wireline or a manual backoff. The drilling safety joint is a simple effective design which incorporates three main components: the mandrel, bottom sub, and friction ring. Lefthand rotation will back the mandrel out of the bottom sub. Due to the friction ring, the break-out torque will be approximately 25% of the makeup torque. The Drilling Safety Joint may be ordered with left-hand connections. Drilling Safety Joints also have been manufactured from non-magnetic materials, to be run above an MWD tool. SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connection OD of Tool ID of Tool Connection OD of Tool ID of Tool Connection OD of Tool ID of Tool Connection OD of Tool ID of Tool (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 1-1/4 Reg 2-3/16 55,56 5/8 15,88 2-3/8 API IF 3-5/8 92,08 1-1/4 31,75 3-1/2 API FH 4-5/8 117,48 2-7/16 61,91 4-1/2 API IF 6-1/2 165,10 3-3/4 95,25 1-1/2 MT 2 50,80 1-5/16 33,34 2-7/8 EUE 3-21/32 92,87 2-7/16 61,91 3-1/2 API IF 4-3/4 120,65 2-11/16 68,26 5-1/2 API Reg 6-3/4 171,45 2-3/4 69,85 1-13/16 FJ 1-13/16 46,04 5/8 15,88 2-7/8 API Reg 3-3/4 95,25 1-1/4 31,75 4 API FH 5-1/4 133,35 2-13/16 71,44 6-5/8 API Reg 8 203,20 3-1/2 88,90 2-3/8 FJ 2-1/2 63,50 1 25,40 2-7/8 API IF 4-3/25 104,65 2-1/8 53,98 4-1/2 XH 6 152,40 3-1/4 82,55 7-5/8 API Reg 9 228,60 4 101,60 2-3/8 EUE 3-1/16 77,79 2 50,80 3-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 114,30 1-1/2 38,10 4-1/2 API FH 5-3/4 146,05 3 76,20 2-3/8 Reg 3-1/8 79,38 1 25,40 3-1/2 EUE 4-1/2 114,30 3 76,20 4-1/2 API IF 6-3/8 161,93 3-3/4 95,25

Drilling Safety Joint Product No. 150-25

69

FISHING SERVICES
BOX TAP AND TAPER TAP Product Nos. 110-99 & 121-00
Box Taps are used to engage the outside diameter of a fish, usually in situations where conventional releasing overshots would not be a feasible option. They are designed to tap threads into the steel so that the fish can be retrieved or the fishing job can be continued. Taper Taps are used to engage the inside of a fish where conventional releasing spears would not be feasible. Like the Box Tap, it is designed to cut threads where no threads are present. Standard taps are machined from high quality heat-treated steel with buttress-type threads that are carburized for high surface hardness and good core strength. They can be ordered with righthand or left-hand wickers. The normal taper is 3/4" per foot which is the most effective for fishing applications. Standard box taps are made with an integral guide on the lower end to ensure proper engagement with the fish even when it is not centralized in the hole. Box and Taper Taps are available in a wide variety of sizes and connections. On request box taps can be manufactured with as little as .84/1 ratio of fish OD to tap OD. Taps can be used to fish tubulars, bridge plugs, packers, or other types of downhole equipment where conventional spears and overshots cannot be used. (Caution: Taps are unreleasable and should only be used when releasing engagement type tool is not an option.) Taps should always be run with a safety joint and bumper jar. FEATURES/BENEFITS Manufactured from high-quality heattreated steels Buttress-type threads are carburized for high-surface hardness and proper care strength Available with right-handed or lefthanded wickers and connections Thread profile can be ordered in a straight or fluted design Various sizes, lengths, and connections are available on request to handle specific types of external profiles

Box Tap Product No. 110-99

BOX TAP SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Connection Tool OD (In.) (mm) 3/4 Sucker Rod 1-1/2 38,1 7/8 22,2 1-13/16 FJ 1-13/16 46,0 1-11/32 34,1 2-3/8 WFJ 2-9/16 65,1 2-1/8 54,0 2-3/8 API Reg 3-1/8 79,4 2-5/8 66,7 2-3/8 API IF 3-5/8 92,1 3-1/8 79,4 2-7/8 API IF 4-3/16 106,4 3-11/16 93,7 3-1/2 API IF 4-3/4 120,7 4-1/4 108,0 4-1/2 API FH 5-3/4 146,1 5-1/8 130,2 4-1/2 6-5/8 API IF API Reg 6-1/2 165,1 5-7/8 149,2 8 203,2 7-3/8 187,3

ID at first wicker (In.) (mm)

TAPER TAP SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Connection Tool OD (In.) (mm) 1 AM MT 1,60 40,6 3/4 14,3 1-1/4 FJ 2-1/4 57,2 1/2 12,7 2-3/8 FJ 2-1/2 63,5 1/2 12,7 2-3/8 API Reg 3-1/8 79,4 1 12,7 2-3/8 API IF 3-3/8 85,7 1-1/2 38,1 2-7/8 API IF 4-1/8 104,8 1-7/8 47,6 3-1/2 API IF 4-3/4 120,7 1-1/2 38,1 3-1/2 API FH 3-5/8 92,1 1-1/2 38,1 4-1/2 6-5/8 API IF API Reg 6-1/2 165,1 2-1/4 57,2 8 203,2 3 76,2

OD at first wicker(In.) (mm)

Taper Tap Product No. 121-00

70

FISHING SERVICES
PIN TAP Product No. 121-01
Pin Taps are used to engage a tool joint connection that has been split or flared or when conventional releasing type tools have failed. It is also used to engage a tool joint for a backoff. The threaded section of the Pin Tap is longer than the API pin dimension for the given thread. Pin Taps are machined from high quality heat-treated steel with tool joint type threads that are carburized for high surface hardness and good core strength. They can be ordered with right-hand or left-hand taping threads. Pin Taps are available for most API drillpipe connections and have the recommended API OD and ID of the tool joint. FEATURES/BENEFITS Will make up in damaged threads Full bore for wireline Carburized wickers Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

Pin Tap Product No. 121-01

HOLLOW PIN TAP Product No. 121-01

The Hollow Pin Tap is designed for a very specific operation. When a joint of washpipe has twisted off with a fish sticking out of the top, a Hollow Pin Tap is usually the only solution. The Hollow Pin Taps are manufactured with any connections. The taps have the same ID as the washpipe connection. This allows washpipe that has twisted off over the maximum washover size to be engaged. Hollow Pin Taps are machined from high quality heat-treated steel with the wickers carburized for high surface hardness and good core strength. They can be ordered with right-hand or left-hand wickers. FEATURES/BENEFITS Available in all washpipe connections Carburized wickers Manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel

Hollow Pin Tap Product No. 121-01

71

FISHING SERVICES
LOCKING PIN SUB Product No. 120-60
The Locking Pin Sub is designed to replace the standard screw-in sub when a backoff of stuck pipe or tubing is necessary. The Locking Pin Sub is made up to the bottom of the workstring or fishing assembly and is designed to screw into the fish. After tagging the downhole box of the fish, the Locking Pin Sub is made up into it. From this point, the Locking Pin Sub cannot be backed off downhole. Normal jarring or backoff operations can be carried out. The recovered fish is then pulled out of the hole. To remove the pin sub from the fish, slips are set beneath the first tool joint under the sub and all subs and collars above it are removed. The pin sub is then released from the fish using a releasing tool inserted through the box ID.
Locking Pin Sub Product No. 120-60

FEATURES/BENEFITS Reduces risk of premature back-out of screw-in point while performing a deeper backoff Simple three-piece construction consists of the sub, pin collar, and retainer ring Provides easy release from recovered pipe once tools are out of the hole Standard API right-hand box up and pin-down connections eliminate crossover sub and allow the Locking Pin Sub to be screwed directly into fish from the workstring Normal right-hand rotation makes up split pin into the downhole box Unique eccentric cam on pin provides immediate lockup of the connection when left-hand rotation is applied Available in standard API regular and IF threaded connections

BACKOFF SWIVEL Product No. 162-01

The Backoff Swivel allows squeeze and test tools to be opened or closed while the pipe is suspended in the elevators, without rotation of the hook. It is used most commonly during wireline backoff to prevent the elevators from turning while torque is applied to pipe to check free point and make the backoff. The Backoff Swivel can also be used as a production test swivel. The Backoff Swivel is installed on top of the drillpipe or tubing string, above the rig floor and used while rotating or reciprocating pipe. BACKOFF SWIVEL PRODUCT NO. 162-01 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size OD Connection ID Maximum Load Working Pressure Bearing Load Static Backoff Swivel Product No. 162-01 Bearing Load Dynamic (Rated at 33-1/3 RPMs) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (lbs) (kg) (psi) (bar) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) 11-1/2 292,1 2-7/8 API IF 2-1/8 54 300,000 135900 10,000 689 490,000 221970 190,000 86070

FEATURES/BENEFITS Used in conjunction with a ball safety valve, pump-in sub, lubricator joint, and wireline pack-off to permit circulation, rotation and pulling, and maintains complete well control Constructed from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel High-strength roller thrust bearing permits heavy-duty use Protected grease fittings provide proper lubrication to bearings and seals Special seals maintain internal pressure capacity.

11-1/2 292,1 3-1/2 API IF 2-11/16 68,2 400,000 181200 10,000 689 490,000 221970 190,000 86070

12-3/8 314,3 4-1/2 API IF 3 76,2 400,000 181200 10,000 689 540,000 244620 209,000 94677

72

FISHING SERVICES
MARINE SWIVEL Product No. 170-01
The Marine Swivel is used exclusively on floating rigs to suspend a cutting string in a fixed vertical position. To accomplish this, the swivel must land on a fixed point in the riser blow-out preventers or wellhead. For cutting larger casing strings, after the riser has been removed, the marine swivel comes equipped with adapter rings from 16-3/8" OD to 30" OD. To operate effectively and if weather conditions permit, a slack joint may be run above the cutter to reduce the drillstring flexure resulting in an uneven cut. A space-out assembly is run below the swivel so the cutter is positioned at the desired cutting depth.

RING TYPE SPACE-OUT SUB ASSEMBLY Product No. 170-70

The Ring Type Space-Out Sub Assembly consists of 1", 2", and 3" spacer rings; and 8" and 12" shoulder-to-shoulder length subs. Consequently, the total length may vary from full length to minus 26". The space-out assembly is necessary when knife changes are required to complete a cutting operation utilizing a marine swivel. Space-out is also possible through a series of space-out subs. These are subs of varying shoulder-to-shoulder lengths. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Allows pin-point accuracy for the repositioning of a cutter

MARINE SWIVEL PRODUCT NO. 170-01 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Swivel OD Size Adapter Sizes (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 13-3/8 339,7 18 457,2 27 x 17-1/2 685,8 x 444,5 27 x 20-1/4 685,8 x 514,35 4-1/2 API IF 14-3/8 365,1 16-3/8 415,9 18 457,2 18-1/2 469,9 19-1/8 485,8 28 711,2 27 x 16 685,8 x 406,4 27 x 17-1/2 685,8 x 444,5 27 x 20-1/4 685,8 x 514,35 29 x 25 736,6 x 635,0 4-1/2 API IF 14-3/8 365,1 16-3/8 415,9 18 457,2 18-1/2 469,9 19-1/8 485,8 28 711,2 27 x 16 685,8 x 406,4 27 x 17-1/2 685,8 x 444,5 27 x 20-1/4 685,8 x 514,35 29 x 25 736,6 x 635,0 6-5/8 API Reg

Marine Swivel Product No. 170-01

Tool Joint Connection

SPACE OUT SUB PRODUCT NO. 170-70 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Cutter OD Size Space Out Assembly OD Tool Joint Connection (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 5-1/2 139,7 4-3/4 120,7 3-1/2 API Reg 5-3/4 146,1 4-3/4 120,7 3-1/2 API IF 8-1/4 209,6 7-3/4 196,9 4-1/2 API IF 8-1/4 209,6 7-3/4 196,9 6-5/8 API Reg 11-3/4 298,5 7-3/4 196,9 6-5/8 API Reg

Space-Out Sub Product No. 170-70

73

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC STABILIZER Product No. 172-30
The Hydraulic Non-Rotating Stabilizer is run above a cutting assembly for maximum stabilization when cutting casing or drillpipe. The Hydraulic Stabilizer is run above the cutter. Once at the location of the cut, rotation begins and pump pressure is applied to operate the cutter. Hydraulic pressure will actuate the piston expanding the stabilizer arms and forcing the stabilizer pads against the ID of the casing. The hydraulic pressure required to run the tool is less than the hydraulic force required to operate most hydraulic cutters; therefore, the stabilizer engages the casing wall prior to any cutting. The stabilizer arms and pads remain stationary while the cutter is rotating. When the cut is complete, the stabilizer collapses when pump pressure is stopped. FEATURES/BENEFITS Design allows workstring to centralize when cutting multiple string, casing, or drive pipe Heavy-duty ball-thrust bearings allow smooth rotation of mandrel through stabilizer arm assembly during difficult cuts Stabilizer pads remain stationary during cutter rotation Mandrel and body parts stationary during cutter rotation No body connections to make up on rig floor Skid mounted for easy handling Requires less than 100 psi to activate Can be run through ID restrictions and set in larger ID Can be run with any pressure-activated tool

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Connections Collapsed OD (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 7-5/8 - 9-5/8 193,7 - 244,5 4-1/2 API Reg 6-1/2 165,1 18-5/8 - 36 473,1 - 914,4 6-5/8 API Reg 15-1/2 393,7 30 - 60 762 - 1524 6-5/8 API Reg 24 - 34 609,6 - 863,6

Hydraulic Stabilizer Product No. 172-30

74

FISHING SERVICES
SLEEVE TYPE NONROTATING STABILIZER Product No. 171-30
The Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer provides maximum centralization and ensures smooth and efficient rotation in cutting, milling, and fishing operations. The sleeve stabilizer is a threepiece design consisting of a mandrel, sleeve, and bottom sub. The sleeve stabilizer is run directly above the milling or fishing assembly. When cutting, it is best to have a stabilizer above and below the cutter. FEATURES/BENEFITS Provides maximum control for cutting and milling operations Non-rotating sleeve reduces vibration during cutting and milling operations Non-rotating sleeve minimizes casing wear Mandrel and bottom-sub manufactured from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Sleeves manufactured from mild steel to minimize casing wear Mild steel construction allows sleeves to be easily modified to different sizes

VARIABLE BLADE STABILIZER Product No. 170-30

The Variable Blade or Replaceable Blade Stabilizers are designed to run above multi-string cutters in larger casing sizes without restrictions. The Variable Blade Stabilizer reduces the amount of tools required for an abandonment. Each blade can be easily changed by removing two locking pins and lifting the blade up and out. The Variable Blade Stabilizer can be dressed to stabilize in 16" to 48" casing. It comes equipped with five replaceable blades per casing size. The blades are manufactured from mild steel to minimize on interior casing damage in casing repair operations. The body is a single unit manufactured from 4140 heattreated alloy steel. FEATURES/BENEFITS Reduces equipment required for abandonment Easily converted to different casing sizes Economically modified for special ID casing

Sleeve Type Non-Rotating Stabilizer Product No. 171-30

SLEEVE TYPE NON-ROTATING STABILIZER PRODUCT NO.171-30 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Body OD (In.) (mm) Minimum Casing ID (In.) (mm) Connection 3-1/8 79,4 4.00 101,6 2-3/8 API Reg 3-3/4 95,3 4.89 124,3 2-7/8 API Reg 4-1/4 108,0 5.68 144,1 3-1/2 API Reg 4-3/4 120,7 6.00 152,5 3-1/2 API IF 6-1/2 165,1 8.54 216,8 4-1/2 API IF 7-3/4 196,9 9.56 242,8 6-5/8 API Reg

VARIABLE BLADE STABILIZER PRODUCT NO. 170-30 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Body OD Casing Size Blade Size (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 14-3/4 374,7 20 508,0 5-1/8 130,2

16 406,4 3-1/2 88,9

18 5/8 473,1 4-3/4 120,6

20 508,0 4-7/8 123,8

24 609,6 6-7/8 174,6

30 762,0 9-1/8 231,8

36 914,4 13 330,2

48 1219,2 18-7/8 479,4

Variable Blade Stabilizer Product No. 170-30

Stabilizers available with 4-1/2 API IF and 6-5/8 API Regular.

75

FISHING SERVICES
CIRCULATION CONTROL JOINT Product No. 140-24
Circulation Control Joints provide emergency circulation at a predetermined hydraulic pressure. The tool consists of a sub with a hole drilled through on the side and then counter bored. It is then threaded to hold a rupture disc with a control washer on either side. The Circulation Control Joint may be used in several ways: as a running-in or seating sub used with a washout tool, or to catch a light-weight fish with an overshot fitted with a pack-off. A pressure increase will indicate capture of a lightweight fish which may not show up in the indicator. Once the fish is secured, the operator can pressure up to burst the rupture disc and pull a dry string. The tool may also be run with the rupture disc removed and the restriction plug equipped with a short fishing neck to serve as a kick sub that aids in engaging the fish. As a running-in tool, the Circulation Control Joint is run above large diameter tools as they go in the hole to relieve bottomhole pressure. For this purpose, the rupture disc is omitted and once near the fish, a restriction plug with a long fishing neck is used to reseal the side hole. When used as a washout tool, the Circulation Control Joint is run above a screw-in sub, and the side hole acts as an exhaust vent. FEATURES/BENEFITS Provides a circulation point if a plugged fish is engaged Eliminates pulling wet string Provides positive indicator of engaged fish Can be used as a drain sub or kick sub Rupture disc hole can be resealed without pulling workstring out of the hole Maintains the same rupture pressure from either side of the rupture disc Constructed of AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Minimum ID is large enough to run free-point and backoff

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
(In.) 4-1/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-3/4 6 6-3/8 6-3/4 8 Size OD (mm) 104,8 120,7 117,5 133,4 139,7 146,1 152,4 161,9 171,5 203,2 Connection 2-7/8 API IF 3-1/2 API IF 3-1/2 API FH 4 API FH 4-1/2 API Reg 4-1/2 API FH 4-1/2 X-Hole 4-1/2 API IF 5-1/2 API Reg 6-5/8 API Reg

Circulation Control Joint Product No. 140-24

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Control Washer ID In. In. .005 psi 1500 1450 1100 1000 950 900 800 750 650

mm 0,13 bar 103 100 75 69 66 62 55 52 45

In. .010 psi 2750 2450 2150 1950 1650 1550 1450 1350 1250

Rupture Disc Thickness mm In.

mm 0,38 bar 283 224 186 159

In. .020 psi 4900 4800 3950 3500

mm 0,050 bar 338 331 272 241

mm

1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1

12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,1 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4

0,25 .015 Shear Value bar psi 190 4100 169 148 3250 134 114 2700 107 100 2300 93 86

76

FISHING SERVICES
PUMP-OUT SUB Product No. 140-61
The Pump-Out Sub is designed to allow circulation above a plugged fish to avoid pulling a wet string and for well control purposes. The simple design consists of the main body, sleeve, and shear pin. Once a fish has been engaged and it is established that circulation is not possible through the fish, a ball is pumped down the drillstring to the sleeve. Additional pump pressure shears the shear pin allowing the sleeve to shift. This allows circulation through the side ports. The Pump-Out Sub may also be used with a mud motor when extended circulating times are foreseen after the motor operations are complete. FEATURES/BENEFITS Balanced piston will not open prematurely Allows full flow Prevents mud loss through pulling of wet strings Simple design and operation

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connection Tool OD Tool ID Ball OD (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) 2-3/8 EUE 3-1/16 77,8 1-1/8 28,6 1-1/4 31,8 3-1/2 API IF 4-3/4 120,7 1-3/4 44,5 2 50,8 2-3/8 API Reg 3-1/8 79,4 3/4 19,1 7/8 22,2 4-1/2 API Reg 5-3/4 146,1 1-3/4 44,5 2 50,8 2-3/8 API IF 3-3/8 85,7 1-1/8 28,6 1-1/4 31,8 4-1/2 API FH 5-3/4 146,1 1-3/4 44,5 2 50,8 2-7/8 API Reg 3-1/2 API Reg 3-3/4 95,3 3/4 19,1 7/8 22,2 4-1/2 API IF 6-1/2 165,1 2 50,8 2-1/4 57,2 4-1/4 108,0 1-1/8 28,6 1-1/4 31,8 6-5/8 API Reg 8 203,2 2-3/8 60,3 2-5/8 66,7

Connection Tool OD Tool ID Ball OD (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm) (In.) (mm)

Pump-Out Sub Product No. 140-61

77

FISHING SERVICES
RESONANCE TOOL Product No. 140-52
The Resonance Tool is designed to free stuck tubulars downhole. All tubulars exhibit resonant frequencies that are a function of the free length. The Resonance Tool applies sonic energy to the stuck point through the workstring which frees stuck tubulars. The Resonance Tool is a portable tool consisting of four main parts: oscillator, 425 HP hydraulic power pack, hydraulic hose, and control panel. These parts are packed as two compact units which weigh 15,000 lbs (6818 kg). In the field, the unit can be operational in a short period of time. The hydraulic power unit is equipped with spark arresting muffler, emergency air intake shut-down, insulated exhaust, and full containment drip pan. The tool allows for remote control operation. It is equipped for variable hook-load capacity which is field adjustable to suit variable load conditions up to 120,000 lbs (54545 kg). The control panel is also portable to allow for use from any vantage point. FEATURES/BENEFITS Frees stuck tubulars such as open hole liners, gravel pack screens, mechanical or differentially stuck pipe Improves cement bond and eliminates channels Gravel pack compression eliminates voids and has superior pack density Low stress operation reduces stress on the workstring No downhole equipment required other than a means of engagement

Resonance Tool Product No. 140-52

78

FISHING SERVICES
GEOTHERMAL VALVE CHANGER SYSTEM Product No. 200-79
The Geothermal Valve Changer System is used to change wellheads or wellhead valves quickly and easily. This package consists of a packer, a hydraulic lubricator assembly, and power unit. The complete package contains all necessary hoses, fittings, flanges, etc., to completely service the wellhead of a geothermal well. A customer furnished lifting crane to lift the packer and lubricator onto the wellhead is required. The Geothermal Packer is mechanically set below the wellhead by utilizing the hydraulic lubricator and power unit. It is set in the casing bore to stop all flow of steam, allowing the existing wellhead to be replaced or repaired, or to cut out a length of bad casing under the wellhead and lower it. With the packer inside the lubricator, the lubricator is attached to the wellhead valve. Steam is released gradually into the lubricator until it reaches wellhead pressure and is equalized. The lubricator then hydraulically lowers the packer into the casing below the wellhead. The packer is then set mechanically by the hydraulic motor on the lubricator. Once the packer is set, the lubricator is released from the packer and removed from the wellhead. The wellhead valve or wellhead can then be removed and changed. After the repairs have been made, the lubricators are once again made up to the wellhead, reconnected to the packer, and the packer is mechanically released by the hydraulic motor on the lubricator. It is then retrieved back into the lubricator. The new valve is closed and the pressure is bled off the lubricator. FEATURES/BENEFITS Constructed to withstand the highly corrosive gas and steam found in geothermal wells Packer has been tested 24 hours at 3,000 psi (207 bar) and 500F with no leaks Eliminates the need to move a rig on location to insert a plug or kill the well with fluid Valve changer has packer, snubbing unit, and lubricator in one package Wells are normally back in production on the same day Capable of running a casing scraper prior to running packer Capable of milling stuck gate valves Closed loop hydraulic system controls running, setting, releasing, and retrieving of packer Customer furnished equipment is held to a minimum on a normal valve change operation

Geothermal Valve Changer Product No. 200-79

79

FISHING SERVICES
CASING JACK SYSTEM Product No. 185-56
Casing Jack Systems are used to apply heavy pulling loads to casing or other large tubulars. They are particularly useful when the rig cannot handle the loads required to pull the string or perform the assigned job. On abandonment jobs, Casing Jacks can help free stuck casing and pull enough pipe to lower the string weight allowing the rig to finish pulling the casing out of hole. On jobs where casing is rehung in the wellhead, Casing Jacks provide pull necessary to reset the casing hanger at the original tension at which the casing was run, regardless of the type of rig on the well. After the jack system is set up and the manifold connected, a casing spear and drillpipe pup joint are made up and inserted into the top of the casing. After which, the spear is set with enough of the pup joint sticking up to set the top set of the slips. With upper and lower slips in place, the jacks are slowly cycled and the casing picked up in the wellhead. Once the casing hanger is high enough above the bottomslip area, the bottom slips are set and the casing hanger removed. For rehanging jobs, the casing hanger is replaced and the jacks removed once the decided tension is applied. For abandonment jobs, jacking continues until the casing is free enough for the rig to pull. In cases which do not permit the use of the jacking spool, two wide flange beams to support and stabilize the jacks may be used. FEATURES/BENEFITS Combined lifting ratio of 100 to 1 means casing jack requires only medium pressure to operate 6000 psi (413,79 bar) lift capacity translates to 600,000 lbs (272727 kg) of total lift Accepts API casing-handling equipment Pulls against top of wellhead flange instead of the rig derrick or substructure High-pressure power unit operates a closed hydraulic system so casing jack does not require a pump truck or lease water SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Jack - 9-3/4 OD / 248 mm Jacking Plate 350 Ton / 317100 kg Stripping Bowl Jacking Spool (Integral 11" / 279 - 300# Flange and Bowl)
Casing Jack System Product No. 185-56

80

FISHING SERVICES
KELLY DRIVE BUSHING, TRAHAN COLLAPSIBLE DRIVE BUSHING, AND PIPE DRIVE BUSHING Product Nos. 183-56, 154-64 & 182-56
The Kelly Drive Bushing, the Trahan Collapsible Drive Bushing, and the Pipe Drive Bushing are designed to allow an operator to utilize the rotary without using the kelly or the slips. This ability can be extremely useful in any operation where engaging or getting over the top of the fish may be difficult. The Pipe Drive Bushing and the Trahan Collapsible Drive Bushing can be used when a shear type spear has engaged the fish before the kelly has been picked up. The Kelly Drive Bushing is a pup joint with a hex shaped middle body section 10 ft (3,04 m) long. A split bushing which will fit pin drive or square drive rotary tables is set around the body for transmitting torque. The Kelly Drive Bushing is spaced out in the string so the engaging tool or washover assembly will be at the top of the fish when the body of the bushing is in the rotary table. The bushing is then installed. Once the top of the fish has been engaged or swallowed by a washover assembly, the bushings are removed and the Kelly Pup Joint is left in the string during the fishing or washing over operation. The Trahan Collapsible and the Pipe Drive Bushing both utilize a slip carrying insert which attaches to the workstring. The inner body of the Pipe Drive Bushing is machined so that the insert may pass freely up and down the length of the bushing. The Trahan Bushing utilizes a telescoping design which holds the insert firmly. Both can be used with pin or square drive rotary tables. Great care should be taken when attaching the inserts, if the inserts spin on the pipe the workstring may be damaged.

81

FISHING SERVICES
THRU-TUBING FISHING SERVICES
During the evolution of coiled tubing fishing, Baker Oil Tools quickly realized the need to move from modified wireline tools to a new generation of hydraulic actuated tools. This is one prime example of the leadership we have initiated. Thru-Tubing Service is the process of workover or completion of an existing wellbore without either pulling the production string or killing the well; technology that enhances the reservoirs potential by reducing fluid damage to the wellbore; and, reduces cost to the operator by eliminating/reducing rig and fluid cost. Thru-Tubing Fishing incorporates several technologies that may be applied wholly or separately. Current participation from Baker Oil Tools has made us the leader and innovator from the fishing aspect. The use of our METAL MUNCHER Technology has greatly enhanced the milling capabilities with a thru-tubing string. We are rapidly expanding our motor applications due to enhanced capabilities with Inteqs motor technology, exceeding other motor providers capabilities in the market place. Tubing sizes range from 2-3/8" to 7". Thus, the size of tools offered are selected for operational compatibility within the range of tubing sizes suggested.

82

FISHING SERVICES
THRU-TUBING FISHING SERVICES
Thru-Tubing Service is the process of working over or completing an existing wellbore without pulling the production string or killing the well. Performed by coiled tubing or snubbing units, thrutubing operations can enhance a reservoirs potential by reducing fluid damage to the wellbore; and can reduce cost to the operator by eliminating or reducing rig and fluid costs. Baker Oil Tools Thru-Tubing Fishing Services group serves this specialized segment of the industry with the same focus and expertise that Baker Oil Tools Fishing Services brings to conventional drilling and workover operations. As a result of long-term, on-going development efforts, Baker Oil Tools offers the most advanced line of thru-tubing tools available today. slickline work may have been the impetus for development of the first generation thru-tubing fishing tools. Based on time-tested slickline-conveyed fishing tools designed to operate by reciprocation, this first generation of coiled tubing tools worked as designed; however, the need for non-reciprocated tools to reduce coiled tubing cycles at the injector head quickly became apparent.

NEXT GENERATION THRU-TUBING TECHNOLOGY

Committed to becoming the leading provider of Thru-Tubing Fishing Services, Baker Oil Tools combined the resources of its various and extensive product lines to develop a new generation of ThruTubing Fishing Tools. These new, hydraulic-actuated, flow-through external and internal catch tools could now engage a fish and jar repeatedly, without the additional coiled tubing cycles required to engage and re-engage a reciprocating tool. Working with Baker Hughes Inteq, Baker Oil Tools also helped develop a line of workover motors that provide the reliability and high-torque capabilities of the Navidrill PDM. This combination of Navidrill motor and METAL MUNCHER technologies then opened the door for all types of milling applications, which in turn, made further advances possible in casing exit technology. Lessons learned about window cutting casing exits have now been applied to coiled tubing, resulting in development of Baker Oil Tools Coiled Tubing Whipstocks and ThruTubing Whipstocks. This synergy of technological development and industry expansion continues to fuel Baker Oil Tools efforts to provide the leading edge technology to widen and enhance the range of coiled tubing applications.

GROWTH OF AN INDUSTRY
Periodically, an industry segment experiences significant technological leaps which in turn, cause significant growth of the industry itself. This clearly is the case with coiled tubing, which started a leap forward in the late 80s that shows no sign yet of having reached an apex. As the metallurgy of the coiled tubing improved, proposed coiled tubing applications grew more numerous and more challenging. And as in any industry, the greater the number of applications, the greater the need for specialization. The trend toward horizontal drilling provided much of the driving force behind advances in coiled tubing technology and the related growth of that industry segment. The horizontal wellbore precluded use of conventional wireline tools and technology; work previously performed by one man with a slickline unit now required coiled tubing to force tools down the production tubing. This use of coiled tubing for what previously was

83

FISHING SERVICES
COILED TUBING CONNECTOR Product No. 132-00
The Coiled Tubing Connector is the uppermost component in coiled tubing bottom hole assembly. Baker uses the slip type connector which has an energized seal to ensure pressure integrity of the workstring and is rotationally locked making it well suited for motor applications. As the connector is assembled, the slip will be anchored into the OD of the coiled tubing. It is recommended to pressure test and pull test the connector before operations are carried out. FEATURES/BENEFITS High tensile strength High torsional strength for motor applications Large ID for maximum flow rates and pump through of actuation balls Manufactured with fishing profile on top of connector

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Connector OD In. 1-7/16 1-11/16 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-3/8 4-1/2 4-3/4 Coiled Tubing OD

mm 36,5 42,9 46 54 57,2 63,5 69,9 73 76,2 79,4 85,7 114,3 120,6

In. 1 1 - 1-1/4 1 - 1-1/4 1 - 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 - 2 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 - 2 - 2-3/8 2 1-1/2 - 1-3/4 - 2 - 2-3/8 2-3/8 - 2-7/8 3-1/2 2-3/8

mm 25,4 25,4 - 31,8 25,4 - 31,8 25,4 - 31,8 - 38,1 44,5 38,1 - 44,5 - 50,8 38,1 - 44,5 38,1 - 44,5 - 50,8 - 60,3 50,8 38,1 - 44,5 - 50,8 - 60,3 60,3 88,9 60,3

Coiled Tubing Connector Product No. 132-00

84

FISHING SERVICES
DUAL FLAPPER BACK PRESSURE VALVE Product No. 132-04
The Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve is run as a well control measure to prevent wellbore pressure from entering the workstring. This is normally run directly below the coiled tubing connector or at the top of the bottom hole assembly. When completely open, the flapper design allows the passage of actuation balls to hydraulically actuated devices in the bottom hole assembly. FEATURES/BENEFITS Dual valves Field proven bonded nitrile seats Short length Large ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.13 2.50 2.88 3.13 3.50 3.75 Minimum ID Length In. 22.22 19.69 19.69 19.00 19.00 19.00 18.82 19.00 19.00 Standard

mm 36,58 42,93 45,97 54,10 63,50 73,15 79,50 88,90 95,25

In. 0.56 0.69 0.69 0.81 0.81 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.00

mm 14,22 17,53 17,53 20,57 20,57 25,40 25,40 38,10 25,40

mm 564,39 500,13 500,13 482,60 482,60 482,60 478,03 482,60 482,60

Connection 3/4 Hydril CS 1 AM MT 1 AM MT 1-1/2 AM MT 1-1/2 AM MT 2-3/8 PAC DSI 2-3/8 PAC DSI 2-7/8 PAC DSI 2-7/8 Reg.

Dual Flapper Back Pressure Valve Product No. 132-04

85

FISHING SERVICES
MODEL FAU SAFETY HYDRAULIC DISCONNECT Product No. 132-11
The FAU Safety Hydraulic Disconnect is specially designed for thru-tubing fishing operations, and is built to withstand high tensional and torsional stresses encountered in jarring and motor applications. The FAU Safety Hydraulic Disconnect may be run anywhere in the string as long as the actuation ball can be circulated to it. Should it become necessary to disconnect from the tool string, a ball is circulated to the releasing piston, additional pump pressure will shear the screws, allow the piston to move down and the disconnect to separate. When disconnected, an internal GS fishing profile is left looking up, and subsequent retrieving operations may continue with the Hydraulic Releasing GS Spear (shown on page 89). FEATURES/BENEFITS Provides controlled method of disconnection from lower portion of BHA Disconnected portion has internal GS profile Balanced to prevent accidental disconnect Torsionally locked Large ID permits circulation of smaller size actuation balls below tool SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 1-7/16 1-11/16 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-7/8 3-1/8 3-1/2 Length

mm 36,50 42,90 46,00 54,00 57,20 73,00 79,40 88,90

In. 20.43 17.88 17.88 20.89 23.25 26.75 29.67 29.67

mm 518,92 454,15 454,15 530,61 590,55 679,45 753,62 753,62

MODEL JD SAFETY HYDRAULIC DISCONNECT Product No. 132-12

The JD Disconnect was designed to eliminate the risk of failure due to shear pin fatique during down jarring applications. Much of the design is similar to the FAU Disconnect with the exception of the mechanism which holds the actuation piston in place. The actuation piston is held in place by spring loaded collet fingers which are in turn held in place by a hydraulically actuated shifting sleeve. The sleeve which holds the collet fingers in the catch position cannot be hydraulically shifted until an actuation ball is landed in the piston. SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD
Model FAU Safety Hydraulic Disconnect Product No. 132-11 Model JD Safety Hydraulic Disconnect Product No. 132-12

Length

In. 2-1/8

mm 53,0

In. 25.44

mm 646,2

86

FISHING SERVICES
HIGH LOAD DISCONNECT Product No. 132-13
The High Load Hydraulic Disconnect design allows for greater tensile strength, resistant to shock loading and shorter in length. The tool is rotationally locked so that it is compatible with torque generating tools. The torsional strength of the tool is advantageous in underreaming and cutting operations. The high tensile strength allows jarring operations to be carried out with the High Load Disconnect. The High Load Disconnect is a ball actuated tool which utilizes hydraulic pressure for activation. This tool leaves an internal GS profile for subsequent retrieving operations. FEATURES/BENEFITS High tensile strength Used for jarring and motor applications Large ID Shear screws have a predetermined value SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size OD In. 2.13 2.25 2.88 3.13 3.38 Length Size ID In. mm 0.69 17,5 0.69 17,5 0.81 20,6 0.81 20,6 0.81 20,6 Top Thread Bottom Thread

mm 54,1 57,2 73,2 79,5 85,9

In. 21.6 20.3 25.3 21.3 21.3

mm 549 514 641 540 540

1-1/2" MT Box 1-1/2" MT Box 1-1/4" API Reg 1-1/4" API Reg 2-3/8" PAC DSI 2-3/8" PAC DSI 2-3/8" API Reg. Box 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin 2-3/8" API Reg. Box 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin

PULL DISCONNECT Product No. 132-14

The Torque Thru Pull Disconnect utilizes Belleville washers which offer the ability to disconnect at a predetermined over-pull point. The tool is rotationally locked for motor and indexing applications. This type of disconnect is used in applications where an actuation ball may not be circulated down to the disconnect point, such as below motors or when used with e-line coiled tubing. FEATURES/BENEFITS External profile No actuation ball required No shear screws Torque thru capabilities Adjustable disconnect load

High Load Disconnect Product No. 132-13

Torque Thru Pull Disconnect Product No. 132-14

87

FISHING SERVICES
DUAL ACTUATED CIRCULATING VALVE Product No. 132-18
The Dual Actuated Circulating Valve is designed to allow a circulation path above a mud motor to eliminate unnecessary wear on the motor during circulation. When the motor service is complete, fluids may need to be pumped for several hours to clean the wellbore. The use of this valve can save unnecessary wear on the mud motor during this operation. The Dual Actuated Circulating Valve is ball actuated and normally is run below the hydraulic disconnect and above the downhole motor. The primary means of actuation is accomplished by pumping a ball which will shift the piston sleeve, exposing circulation ports. The secondary means of actuation is through a rupture disc. In the unlikely event that the bottomhole assembly becomes plugged, increased pressure from the surface will rupture the disc and allow circulation of an actuation ball. FEATURES/BENEFITS Saves wear on the mud motor Large ID permits maximum flow rates Predetermined values on shear screws, and secondary rupture disc Balanced piston

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 1.44 1.69 1.81 2.13 2.38 2.50 2.88 3.13 Min ID In. 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.69 Length Standard

mm 36,6 42,9 46,0 54,1 60,5 63,5 73,2 79,5

mm 10,4 10,4 10,4 11,2 11,2 11,2 11,2 17,5

In. 16.00 12.56 12.56 14.13 15.13 14.38 15.13 16.75

mm 406,4 319,0 319,0 358,9 384,3 365,3 384,3 425,5

Connection 3/4 Hydril CS 1 AM MT 1 AM MT 1-1/2 AM MT 1-1/4 Reg 1-1/2 AM MT 1-1/4 Reg 2-3/8 Reg

Dual Actuated Circulating Valve Product No. 132-18

88

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC RELEASING GS SPEAR Product No. 133-10 (For Slick ID Fish) Product No. 133-11 (For Fishing Neck)
The Hydraulic Releasing GS Spear, specifically designed for Thru-Tubing Fishing Operations, is engineered to withstand the high tensional and side load stresses encountered during jarring operations. Spears are designed to engage standard GS fishnecks or slick ID fishnecks. The non-rotating GS Spear incorporates a clutch matching that of the FAU Hydraulic Disconnect so that torque may be transmitted through the tool. A flow path is provided through the tool to allow circulation while running in the hole. Once the profile is encountered, the flow path can be used to create a jetting action to wash debris from the profile. To engage the profile or the slick ID of a fish, minimal set down weight is applied which moves the collets into the release position allowing it to enter the fish ID. Once the spear has adequately entered this ID, the collets or slip will snap into the catch position. To release from the fish or GS profile, increased flow rate will move the collet or slip into the release position. FEATURES/BENEFITS Maximum ID catch High tensile strength Pump-thru capabilities No shear screws Minimized stress on collets or slips

HYDRAULIC RELEASING GS SPEAR PRODUCT NO. 133-10 (FOR SLICK ID FISH) SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 1-13/16 2-1/4 2.70 3 Length Catch Range

mm 46 57 69 76

In. 18.40 20.42 22.00 24.00

mm 467 519 559 610

In. 1.31 to 1.781 1.75 to 2.156 2.125 to 2.50 2.375 to 2.84

mm 33 to 45 44 to 55 54 to 64 60 to 72

HYDRAULIC RELEASING GS SPEAR PRODUCT NO. 133-11 (FOR FISHING NECK) SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 1-7/16 1-11/16 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-1/4 2.70 3 3-1/8 3-1/2 4-1/2 Length Fish Neck Type to Catch

mm 37 43 46 54 57 69 76 79 89 114

In. 21.88 18.11 18.11 20.60 20.35 23.03 23.53 25.03 21.38 25.50

mm 556 460 460 523 517 585 598 636 543 648

1-1/2" GS 2" GS 2" GS 2-1/2" GS 2-1/2", 2-7/8" GS 3" GS 3", 3-1/2" GS 3" GS 3-1/2", 4" GS 5" GS

Hydraulic Releasing GS Spear for Slick ID Fish Product No. 133-10

Hydraulic Releasing GS Spear for Fishing Neck Product No. 133-11

89

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC RELEASING OVERSHOT Product No. 133-30 (For Slick OD Fishing) Product No. 133-31 (For Fishing Necks)
The Hydraulic Releasing Overshot has several designs: to catch an external JDC profile blanking plug; and, to catch slick OD fish such as coiled tubing. The tool is engineered to withstand high tensional, and side loading stresses encountered during jarring operations. The overshot is engaged by applying slight setdown weight at the tool. A flow path is provided through the tool for circulation while running in the hole; this path can also be used to wash debris from the top of the fish or profile. In the event that retrieval is not possible, increased flow rate through the tool releases it and no other tools are left in the well. FEATURES/BENEFITS High strength Can be used for jarring operations Flow path permits washing debris from the top of the fish or profile No shear screws Design minimizes stress on the grapple section PRODUCT NO. 133-30 (FOR SLICK OD FISHING) SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 2-1/8 2-5/8 3 3-1/2 3-3/4 Length In. 18.38 18 22.25 22.25 22.25 Catch Size

mm 54 66,7 76,2 88,9 95,3

mm 466,8 457,2 565,1 565,1 565,1

1.13, 1.25 1.25, 1.50, 1.75 2.00, 2.13, 2.25 2.25, 2.38, 2.50 2.88

PRODUCT NO. 133-31 (FOR FISHING NECKS) SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool OD In. 1-7/16 1-5/8 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-5/8 3 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-3/4 4
Hydraulic Releasing Overshot Product No. 133-30 (For Slick OD Fish) Hydraulic Releasing Overshot Product No. 133-31 (For Fishing Necks)

Length In. 16 17.75 18.38 18.63 18 22.25 22.25 22.25 22.25 22

Slick OD Catch Size

mm 36,6 41,3 46 54 57,2 66,7 76,2 85,7 88,9 95,3 101,6

mm 406,4 450,8 466,8 473,2 457,2 565,1 565,1 565,1 565,1 559
0.88, 1.00 JDC 1.19 JDC 0.88, 1.00, 1.19, 1.38 JDC 1.38 JDC 0.75, 1.00 1.19, 1.38, 1.75 JDC 1.19, 1.38, 1.75 JDC 1.19, 1.38, 1.75, 2.31 JDC 1.19, 1.38, 1.75, 2.31 JDC 1.19, 1.38, 1.75, 2.31 JDC 2.75 JDC 2.75, 3.13 JDC

90

FISHING SERVICES
CONTINUOUS OVERSHOT Product No. 133-32
The Continuous Overshot is designed to swallow and engage long sections of coiled or threaded flush OD tubulars. The engaging mechanism is a bulldog design which, once over a tube will engage any time the overshot is elevated. The grapple has a large catch range to accommodate an egged, split or deformed tube. The overshot utilizes finger springs that will center the tubing in the grapple reducing the risk of dulling the grapple wickers. The Continuous Overshot may be run with washpipe or tubing to accommodate the swallowing of a large section of tubing or run with extensions on coiled tubing. A cutlip, milling or dressing guide may be run on below the overshot. FEATURES/BENEFITS Wide catch range May be run on threaded or coiled tubing Tensile yield equal to top connection CONTINUOUS OVERSHOT PRODUCT NO. 133-32 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. mm 1.858 47,2 2.25 57,2 2.63 66,8 3.13 79,5 3.38 85,8 Standard Connection 1-1/4 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 2-7/8 A-95 2-7/8 CS Hydril Catch Range In. mm 1 - 1.25 25,4 1 - 1.25 25,4 - 31,7 1 - 1 .25 - 1.5 25,4 - 31,7 - 38,1 1 - 1.25 - 1.5 - 1.75 - 2.00 25,4 - 31,7 - 38,1 - 44,4 1 - 1.25 - 1.5 - 1.75 - 2.00 25,4 - 31,7 - 38,1 - 44,4

HIGH PRESSURE PACK-OFF Product No. 133-33

The High Pressure Pack-Off is designed to be run above most external catch engaging devices. If a clean fish top exists, the pack-off makes it possible to circulate through a fish, once swallowed. The pack-off also makes it possible, by pump pressure, to obtain an indication that a fish has been swallowed. The pack-off in no way inhibits the operation of the engaging tool. FEATURES/BENEFITS Allows high pressure circulation through a fish Packing rings are pressure energized May be manufactured with most tubing threads

Continuous Overshot Product No. 133-32

High Pressure Pack-Off Product No. 133-33

91

FISHING SERVICES
SNIPPER OVERSHOT Product No. 133-34
The Snipper Overshot is an overshot specially designed to engage and cut coiled tubing in one run. Unlike other overshots, the Snipper Overshot does not neck down, or crimp the coiled tubing but leaves a full ID. This makes it possible to get wireline tools or to circulate actuation balls through the fish. The Snipper Overshot is made up with the catch grapple on top, and the cutting grapple on the bottom with extensions placed above the bowl to allow for swallowing of damaged coil. If run on a jointed workstring, it can be run directly on the bottom of the string. Both the cutting and engaging grapple are of a bulldog design and the overshot need only be lowered over the fish. Straight pickup will engage coiled tubing and cut. A High Pressure Packoff can be incorporated above this overshot (Product No. 133-33, on page 91). FEATURES/BENEFITS Minimal over-pull required to make cut Leaves clean OD and ID Can be run on coiled tubing or conventional threaded pipe Retrieves cut piece in the same trip Full ID

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
OD In. 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.625 2.625 2.625 3.125 3.375 3.375 3.375 3.375 3.375 Catch Size Connection 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 1-1/2 CS Hydril 2-3/8 5.95# Hydril PH6 2-7/8 A-95 2-7/8 A-95 2-7/8 A-95 2-7/8 A-95 2-7/8 A-95

mm 57,15 57,15 57,15 57,15 66,68 66,68 66,68 79,38 85,73 85,73 85,73 85,73 85,73

In. 1.000 1.250 1.500 1.750 1.000 1.250 1.500 1.500 1.000 1.250 1.500 1.750 2.000

mm 25,40 31,75 38,10 44,45 25,40 31,75 38,10 38,10 25,40 31,75 38,10 44,45 50,80

Snipper Overshot Product No. 133-34

92

FISHING SERVICES
NAVI-DRILL MACH 1P HIGH-TORQUE MOTOR Product No. 132-80 (Mud) Product No. 132-81 (Air)
Baker Oil Tools is currently offering a line of positive displacement drilling motors for use on coiled tubing and or small diameter threaded pipe. Special NaviDrills - Workover Motors - have been designed for these applications. The Navi Drill M1W1 is a positive displacement downhole drilling motor which was designed to produce a high torque at a given pressure drop and controlled moderate bit speed. The Navi-Drill Air Motor (M1WADM) operates at a lower differential pressure and has a slower nominal rotating speed than conventional motors. Over speeding will be avoided in case of sudden load changes, when using compressible mud systems. Although the Air Motor was designed for operations with gas, the tool functions equally as well with fluid. These positive displacement motors are used to preform milling, underreaming, cutting, washover, or any other operation requiring rotation of a downhole assembly. Navi-Drill positive displacement motors operate by the reverse of the Moineau pump principle. The motor section consists of only two components - stator and rotor. These two components form a series of sealed cavities such that, as fluid is pumped into the tool, the rotor is forced to rotate relative to the stator, allowing the fluid to pass while transmitting power to the drive assembly and bit. FEATURES/BENEFITS Increased torque capabilities increased operational success Controlled rotational speeds protects cutting matrix Higher flow rate increased annular velocity Air motors with lower RPM especially designed for compressible mud systems The air motor generates a high torque, but operates with a low differential pressure

AIR MOTOR SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool Size OD Connection Length Flow Rate Max Mill Speed Operating Diff. Pressure Operating Torque Power Output 3-3/8 2-7/8 PAC DSI B x 2-3/8 API REG B (ft.) 16.78 (m) 5,1 (scfm) 700 (l/sec) 330 (rpm) 540 (psi) 230 (bar) 16 (ft/lbs) 600 (Nm) 813 (hp) 15 - 23 (kW) 11 - 17 (In.) (In.)

MUD MOTORS SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool Size OD Connection Length Min Flow Rate Max (In.) (In.) (ft.) (m) (gpm) (lpm) (gpm) (lpm) (rpm) (psi) (bar) (ft/lbs) (Nm) (hp) (kW) 1-11/16 2-1/8 1 AM MT B x B 1-1/2 AM MT B x B 8.97 2,7 12 45 50 189 640 400 28 66 89 2-8 1.5 - 6 11 3,4 17 64 74 280 700 640 44 140 190 4-19 3-14 2-7/8 2-3/8 PAC DSI B x B 11.48 3,5 25 95 120 454 440 800 55 420 569 8 - 26 6 - 20 3-3/8 2-7/8 PAC DSI B x 3/8 API REG B 16.78 5,1 80 303 160 606 365 870 60 720 976 15 - 50 11 - 37

Max Mill Speed Operating Diff. Pressure Operating Torque Power Output

Navi-Drill Mach 1P High-Torque Mud Motor Product No. 132-80

93

FISHING SERVICES
METAL MUNCHER JUNK MILL Product No. 151-06
The METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill is designed for the milling of several types of obstructions. The METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill utilizes the patented METAL MUNCHER cutting technology for maximum rate of penetration and extended mill life. METAL MUNCHER mill design is perfect for motor operations because of low weight, high speed operations. There are a variety of designs which will meet most milling applications, with special designs manufactured on request. Baker Oil Tools maintains a large and varied inventory which will accommodate most casing and tubing sizes. FEATURES/BENEFITS Increased penetration rates Increased mill life Smaller cuttings Superloy backing

METAL MUNCHER STEP MILL Product No. 151-13

The METAL MUNCHER Step Mill is designed for the removal of nipple profiles using low torque output motors. The design proves to be extremely effective and has been used for the economical removal of any ID restriction, including barium sulphate and other scales. The design allows for only a small amount of cutting per OD increase in the mill. The step feature not only keeps torque and cutting size to a minimum, but also leaves a machine like finish on the surface milled. Wear pads at the largest OD of the mill reduces risk of damage to the tubing or casing string. The Step Mill has been built in sizes ranging from 11/2" to 8-1/2" OD. The mill may be manufactured with a pilot for additional stabilization FEATURES/BENEFITS Low torque required Machine like finish left on milled surface Longer mill life Will not damage outer string

METAL MUNCHER Junk Mill Product No. 151-06

METAL MUNCHER Step Mill Product No. 151-13

94

FISHING SERVICES
BOOT BASKET Product No. 130-16
Boot Baskets are used to trap cuttings which are too large to circulate out of the hole during drilling, milling, or junk fishing operations. The design of the boot basket traps junk by producing a sudden decrease in annular velocity when the cuttings pass the larger OD of the boot reaching the smaller OD of the body and top connection. The boot basket should be run as close as possible to the mill, bit, or junk basket. Milling procedures are carried out as usual with normal circulation. Additional boot baskets may be run in tandem to increase the junk catching capacity. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design and operation Contracted from AISI 4140 heattreated alloy steel Can be run in tandem Box-down, pin-up design so that boot basket may be run directly above a mill or bit Available in all thru-tubing connections and sizes

VENTURI JET BASKET Product No. 130-51

The Venturi Jet Basket utilizes the same proven technology which is used in the Combination Ball Type Jet Basket and the Jet Bushing, in a small diameter tool, suitable for thru-tubing applications. The Jet Basket is run on the bottom of a thru-tubing workstring. The milling head on the bottom of the jet basket may be dressed according to the desired application. Flow through the tool exits the tool through a jet in the barrel of the tool which focuses the flow out of the circulation port. The increased velocity of the flow through the jet creates a reduced pressure in the barrel. This reduced pressure in the barrel, as well as the flow down the outside of the tool, creates a flow up the barrel. The flow up the barrel will wash any debris into the barrel above the catcher for recovery from the well. A screen below the circulation port prevents the junk from being circulated back out of the barrel. FEATURES/BENEFITS Fully closed finger catchers May be run with any type of shoe Do not need to cut core

Boot Basket Product No. 130-16

VENTURI JET BASKET PRODUCT NO. 130-51 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

OD In. 1-11/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 3-1/8 Connection Min Flow Rate GPM AW Rod Pin AW Rod Pin 1-1/4" Reg. Pin 2-3/8" Reg. Pin 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 Max Flow Rate GPM 85 85 120 135

mm 42,8 50,8 66,6 79,3

LPM 46,8 46,8 46,8 46,8

LPM 319 319 450 506

Venturi Jet Basket Product No. 130-51

95

FISHING SERVICES
DB UNDERREAMER Product No. 150-97
The DB Underreamer is a rugged and dependable tool used to remove cement, sand scale, and other hardened debris from casing below the end of production tubing. Although the DB Underreamer was designed for use with mud motors on coiled tubing, it has equal application on conventional rigs; or snubbing units turned by either mud motors or on threaded pipe. The DB Underreamer can pass through restrictions and open to full gauge for a given size and weight of casing. Proper nozzle size and knife selection are essential for optimum performance of the DB Underreamer. Maximum bit pressure drop and flow rate to achieve maximum torque as well as the mud weight must be known. (Note: If maximum bit pressure drop and optimum flow rate for the motor are not known, use bit pressure drop of 300 psi and maximum flow rate for the motor in use.) Optimum nozzle size can be selected from the nozzle selection graph provided below. FEATURES/BENEFITS Maximum flow after tool is opened Blades designed with METAL MUNCHER matrix Sturdy construction for downhole reliability Positive indication when blades reach full gauge SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Size OD In. 2.25 2.63 3.00 3.63 5.13

mm 57,2 66,8 76,2 92,2 130,3

Max Open Gauge In. mm 6.22 158,0 8.09 205,4 8.50 215,9 8.62 218,9 12.00 304,8

Top Thread In. 1-1/2" MT Box 1-1/4" API Reg. Pin 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin 2-3/8" API Reg. Pin 3-1/2" API Reg. Pin

TWO-BLADED UNDERREAMER Product No. 132-52

The Two-Bladed Underreamer is used to mill cement sand or scale from below tubing or below tubing restrictions. The tool offers the smallest OD of any underreamer. The simple design is piston actuated. Once the tool has opened to full gauge, the arms are also held open by weight on the blades. The blades may be dressed with proven METAL MUNCHER inserts for maximum cutting efficiency. FEATURES/BENEFITS Small OD Large expanded gauge Simple design METAL MUNCHER blades SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In.
DB Underreamer Product No. 150-97 Two-Bladed Underreamer Product No. 132-52

Length In. 13.31 13.31

Top Connection 1 AM MT 1 AM MT

Max Casing Gage In. 7 7

mm 42,9 45,9

mm 338,1 338,1

mm 177,8 177,8

1-11/16 1-13/16

96

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC TUBING CUTTER Product No. 170-03
The Hydraulic Tubing Cutters are pressure-activated, internal cutters designed to cut small diameter pipe and tubing with ODs ranging from 1.90" to 3-1/2" (48,26 mm to 88,9 mm). They provide a safe alternative to chemical and explosive cutters. The cutters are recommended in high-angle holes where friction and drag may restrict mechanical or wireline cutter operations. The Hydraulic Tubing Cutter is made up to a coiled tubing string with a tubing anchor to enhance the performance of the tool steel cutter knives. The tool is then lowered into the area to be cut. If surface rotation is available, rotation begins at approximately 30-50 RPM. If cutters are run on a coiled tubing string, the rotation depends on the motor capabilities. Pump rate is increased gradually, in increments of 50 psi (3,44), to a maximum of 1500 psi (103,4). Torque is noted and cutting begins. When the cut is complete, torque should decrease. (Note: In a high-angle hole, torque may not be noticeable.) FEATURES/BENEFITS Knives are extended by hydraulic pressure and do not require mechanical slips A three-knife design stabilizes the cutter and reduces the risk of missed cuts Body parts constructed from AISI 4140 heat-treated alloy steel Knives are of hardened and ground tool steel contoured for the most efficient cut Provides safe alternative to explosive or chemical cutters Recommended for high-angle holes where friction and drag may restrict mechanical and wireline type cutters Bottom subs with ID and check valve are available Can be carried downhole on threaded or coiled tubing workstring, using surface rotation, or a downhole motor to complete the cut

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. 1-13/16 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-1/2 Tubing Range In. 2-3/8 2-3/8 Max Knife Swing In. 2-1/2 3-5/8 4-3/8 4-7/8 Length In. 22 32 29 33 Connection

mm 46 47,6 54 63,5

mm 60,3 60,3

mm 63,5 92,1 111,1 123,8

mm 558,8 812,8 736,6 838,2

1" MT 1" MT 1-1/2" MT 1-1/2" MT

2-7/8 - 3-1/2 59 - 88,9 3-1/2

88,9

Hydraulic Tubing Cutter Product No. 170-03

97

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC INDEXING TOOL Product No. 132-60
The Thru-Tubing Hydraulic Indexing Tool is designed to allow rotation at the end of a coiled tubing retrieving or fishing string. Once washing over or fishing begins, flow through the Indexing Tool rotates the tools below 10 - 15. This is beneficial during fishing operations when the exact location of the fishing neck is unknown. The Indexing Tool can also utilize a bent sub or centralizer to help locate the fishing neck in large ID casings. FEATURES/BENEFITS Hydraulically actuated Large ID All shifting parts are internal

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool Size 2.13 Outside Diameter In. mm 2.13 Inside Diameter In. mm 0.25 Overall Length In. mm 41.60 Standard Thread 1.50" MT

54

1057

Hydraulic Indexing Tool Product No. 132-60

98

FISHING SERVICES
CT WHIPSTOCK SYSTEM Product No. 150-43
The Coiled Tubing Whipstock System utilizes most of the same field proven technology of the Eastman Style Conventional Whipstock. The milling system utilizes METAL MUNCHER technology so that the window is cut with a minimal amount of torque or weight. Variation in design means that the whipstock must be run separately. The coiled tubing whipstock system may be run with several different types of anchors; and, depending on anchor, may be retrieved. FEATURES AND BENEFITS May be run with several types of anchors Coil tubing conveyed METAL MUNCHER technology Work can be performed under-balanced Flex area is incorporated into mills to reduce risk of connection failure

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Size In. 5 Casing Size lbs/ft 18 15 13 11.5 5-1/2 Drift Diameter In. 4.151 4.283 4.369 4.435 4.545 4.653 4.767 4.825 4.887 5.55 5.666 5.796 5.924 5.795 5.879 5.969 6.059 6.151 6.241 6.331 6.413 Whipstock OD In. 3-7/8 4 4 4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 Whipstock Packer In. 4 4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/3 4-1/3 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-2/3 5-2/3 5-2/3 5-2/3 6-1/5 6-1/5 Mill Size In. 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-7/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8

mm 127,0

mm 26,8 22,3 19,4 17,1 34,3 29,8 25,3 23,1 20,9 47,7 41,7 35,7 29,8 56,6 52,1 47,7 43,2 38,7 34,3 29,8 25,3

mm 105,4 108,8 111,0 112,6 115,4 118,2 121,1 122,6 124,1 141,0 143,9 147,2 150,5 147,2 149,3 151,6 153,9 156,2 158,5 160,8 162,9

mm 98,4 101,6 101,6 101,6 108,0 108,0 114,3 114,3 114,3 133,4 133,4 133,4 139,7 133,4 139,7 139,7 139,7 139,7 139,7 139,7 139,7

mm 100,8 100,8 108,0 108,0 109,9 109,9 114,3 114,3 114,3 138,9 138,9 138,9 138,9 138,9 138,9 144,5 144,5 144,5 144,5 157,2 157,2

mm 104,8 108,0 108,0 111,1 114,3 117,5 120,7 120,7 123,8 139,7 142,9 146,1 149,2 146,1 149,2 149,2 152,4 155,6 155,6 158,8 161,9

139,7

23 20 17 15.5 14

6-5/8

168,3

32 28 24 20

177,8

38 35 32 29 26 23 20 17

CT Whipstock System Product No. 150-43

99

FISHING SERVICES
MECHANICAL THRU-TUBING PERMANENT WHIPSTOCK Product No. 150-76 MECHANICAL THRU-TUBING RETRIEVABLE WHIPSTOCK Product No. 150-50
The Mechanical Thru-Tubing Whipstock is designed to be run on electric line or coiled tubing through production tubing and set in casing. The whipstock is run in the hole with an adapter setting sleeve and an E-4 #10 Setting Tool or a Model J Hydraulic Setting Tool. The whipstock is self-orienting to kick off on the high side of the hole; however, this may be confirmed with a gyro survey. The whipstock should be located approximately 10 ft above a casing collar. The Mechanical Thru-Tubing Whipstock is composed of two major components. The first component is a whipstock, which consist of a trough and a slip pad housing. The tough is utilized to guide the milling assembly towards the casing wall in the desired direction. The slip housing encloses the slip assembly during the running procedure. The second component is the slip pad assembly. This assembly consists of the slip, the lower setting bar, and a lower shear block. The slip pad assembly is utilized to transmit the setting forces exerted by the setting mechanism. Two slip locks, located in the lower shear block, retain the setting forces. The whipstock and slip assembly are connected by two pivot arms that allow the whipstock and slip pad to be wedged against the casing walls. Inserts are utilized to supply the gripping force required to hold the assembly during milling. A pivot arm wedge supplies the added forces required to prohibit upward movement of the whipstock. The milling operation may be carried out with a small diameter workover motor or a small diameter threaded workstring.

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Casing Diameter In. mm Casing Weight lbs/ft kg/m 60.00 82 41.00 61,1 38.00 61,1 35.00 61,1 32.00 61,1 29.00 61,1 26.00 61,1 23.00 61,1 20.00 61,1 17.00 61,1 Whipstock Diameter In. mm 3.250 82,5 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 3.625 92,1 Use Mill Diameter In. mm 3.250 82,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 3.800 96,5 Complete Assembly Number 150764703 150764701 150764701 150764701 150764701 150764701 150764701 150764701 150764701 150764701 Overall Length In. mm 184 4673,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 188.9 4798,0 Ramp Length In. mm 138.6 3520,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 142.6 3622,0 Ramp Angle (Degrees) 1.45 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

7 178

100

FISHING SERVICES
RUNNING SEQUENCE OF MECHANICAL THRU-TUBING RETRIEVABLE WHIPSTOCK

101

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRAULIC CENTRALIZER Product No. 132-20 HYDRAULIC DRILLING CENTRALIZER Product No. 132-21
The Thru-Tubing Hydraulic Centralizer is designed to pass through the production tubing and, with the application of fluid flow, centralize a BHA in the casing below. The centralizer is run in the well with the springs in the retracted position, allowing easy passage through the tubing, production packers and associated nipples. The Hydraulic Drilling Centralizer is designed to handle the high bending loads that are associated with the mud motor. Circulation is initiated through an adjustable orifice. Orifice size is predetermined by maximum centralization requirements. The Hydraulic Centralizer should alway be run with a Dual Acting Circulating Sub. FEATURES/BENEFITS Centralizes retrieving tools in highly deviated wells By changing choke size, large flow through tool is possible without activating centralizing springs Large expansion rating with small run-in diameter Collapsable spring allows normal run in hole Adjustable sleeve allows running in different casing sizes without changing springs

THRU-TUBING SLEEVE TYPE STABILIZER Product No. 171-30

The Sleeve Type Stablizer provides maximum centralization during milling, cutting and fishing operations. The stabilizer consist of a mandrel, top sub and sleeve. The stabilizer blades are manufactured from mild steel to reduce the risk of damage to nipple profiles. The stabilizer is usually run directly above the mud or air motor. FEATURES/BENEFITS Non-rotating sleeve reduces vibration Easily field dressed to accommodate different tubing IDs Available in all standard thru-tubing connections and sizes

MECHANICAL BOW SPRING CENTRALIZER Product No. 132-24

The Mechanical Bow Spring Centralizer is used to centralize a tool string below restrictions when hydraulic actuation is not possible. The simple design incorporates non-rotating bow springs which will collapse when forced into a restriction then expand back to full OD once the restriction has been passed. (No illustration shown.) FEATURES/BENEFITS Up to 8" maximum expansion No actuation required Available in most thru-tubing connections and sizes

Hydraulic Drilling Centralizer Product No. 132-21

HYDRAULIC CENTRALIZER PRODUCT NO. 132-20 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool OD In. mm 1.69 1.81 2.13 2.88 3.13
Thru-Tubing Sleeve Type Stabilizer Product No. 171-30

Tool ID In. mm .44 .42 .63 .63 1.00

Max Casing Size 7-5/8 7-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8

Connection 1" MT 1" MT 1-1/2" MT 2-3/8" PAC DSI 2-3/8" PAC DSI

HYDRAULIC DRILLING CENTRALIZER PRODUCT NO. 132-21 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool OD In. mm 1.69 2.13 3.00 Tool ID In. mm .44 .63 1.00 Max Casing Size 7-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 Connection 1" MT 1-1/2" MT 2-3/8" PAC DSI

42,9 46 54,1 73,1 79,5

11,1 10,6 16,0 16,0 25,4

42,9 54,1 76,2

11,1 16,0 25,4

102

FISHING SERVICES
KNUCKLE JOINT - Single Product No. 132-30 KNUCKLE JOINT - Dual Product No. 132-31
The Thru-Tubing Knuckle Joints are used in fishing operations in deviated wellbores, or in any situation requiring centralization of the catch tool in the casing. The knuckle joints are used in conjunction with a Thru-Tubing Hydraulic or Mechanical Centralizer in order to allow centralization of the catch tool without having to overcome the weight of the workstring against the bottom side of the casing. The Hydraulic or Mechanical Centralizer, therefore, only has to support the weight of itself and the catch tool run below. The knuckle joints design allows fluid flow through the tool, so it can be utilized in washover operations. The knuckle joints may be used in either tubing or wireline fishing applications. The standard knuckle joints are not sealed, but the tolerances are such that at a sufficent flow rate, the knuckle joint seals between the ball sub and the ball retainer to activate any hydraulic actuated tools below the knuckle joint. A sealed knuckled joint has been designed for low flow rate applications. FEATURES/BENEFITS Less force required to centralize BHA Pump through capabilities

NIPPLE PROFILE LOCATOR Product No. 132-25

The Thru-Tubing Nipple Locator is a simple means of locating a known position downhole, allowing for more accurate positioning of the tool string. This is especially important with a coiled tubing workstring due to the variation in tubing elongation. The Nipple Locator consist of three leaf springs retained in a housing. An upset in the middle of the springs is an expanded diameter greater than the maximum ID of the nipple profile it is intended to locate; however, the spring can collapse enough to allow the locator to pass through the nipple. The contour of the spring allows the tool to move through restrictions easily but with sufficient force to be detected at surface when passing through a restriction. To overcome the effects of hole drag in deviated wells, the adjustment sleeve allows the tension on the spring to be changed so there will be greater or less drag required to pass through the restriction. The Nipple Locator cannot be used as a tubing end locator. FEATURES/ BENEFITS Simple design Adjustable drag force Will locate in most nipples Mechanically operated

Nipple Profile Locator Product No. 132-25

KNUCKLE JOINT - SINGLE, PRODUCT NO. 132-30 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool OD In. 1.69 1.75 2.13 3.13 Tool ID In. 0.56 0.56 0.81 1.00 Length In. 12.50 11.53 17.4 20.38 Standard Connection 1 AM MT 1 AM MT 1-1/2 AM MT 2-3/8 API Reg

mm 42,9 44,4 54,1 79,4

mm 14,2 14,2 20,6 25,4

mm 317,5 292,8 441,9 517,6

KNUCKLE JOINT - DUAL, PRODUCT NO. 132-31 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool OD In. 2.13 3.13 Tool ID In. 0.81 1.00 Length In. 25 29.25 Standard Connection 1-1/2 AM MT 2-3/8 API Reg

mm 54,1 79,4

mm 20,6 25,4

mm 635 742,9

NIPPLE PROFILE LOCATOR, PRODUCT NO. 132-25 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

OD Connection (In.) (mm) 1-11/16 42,9 1 AM MT 1-13/16 46,0 1 AM MT 2-1/8 54,1 1-1/2 AM MT 3 76,2 2-3/8 PAC DSI 3-3/8 52,8 2-3/8 API Reg
Knuckle Joint - Single Product No. 132-30 Knuckle Joint - Dual Product No. 132-31

103

FISHING SERVICES
HB-3 SELECTIVE SHIFTING TOOL Product No. 811-98
The HB-3 Hydraulic Shifting Tool is designed for shifting the Baker Oil Tools Type HL or CM series sliding sleeve by tubing. A flow passage allow washing with tubing while running in well. After washing past the sleeve, an increase of pump pressure causes a piston to compress a spring, allowing a second spring to extend a set of linkage arms extending out. The insert can be shifted either bydirectly pushing or pulling on the coiled tubing or by use of an impact tool. After the sleeve is shifted, the shifting tool will automatically release. A decrease in pump pressure once again retracts the linkage arms and allows unimpeded movement up and down the hole. FEATURES/BENEFITS Fully selective operation, can be run or retrieved through multiple sliding sleeves without manipulating the sleeve Application of internal hydraulic pressure down the coiled tubing will allow linkage arms to expand Low actuation pressure required to expand linkage Linkage system exerts maximum radial force when extended and latched into sleeve insert Small run in OD Wash ports under linkage arms allow debris to be washed away Can be run in tandum to shift up and down in one trip

POWER STROKER Product No. 811-28

The Baker Coiled Tubing Power Stroker is designed to run in conjunction with the HB-3 Shifting Tool. The Power Stroker provides a means to locate and anchor in a Model HL or CM Sliding Sleeve. After it is anchored, the Power Stroker provides an additional downward force with applied hydraulic pressure through the coiled tubing. This applied force is independent of the force applied by the coiled tubing. By locating the sliding sleeve with the HB-3 before the Power Stroker is activated, any sleeve can be shifted selectively. Specially designed locking dogs allow the Power Stroker to positively lock into Sur-Set profiles: A1, AF, HF, the F profile, or the X profile. The shifting distance varies between different types and styles of CM and HL sleeves. This change in shifting distance is corrected by using different lengths of connectors between the HB-3 and the Power Stroker. When activated, the Power Stroker can deliver 17,500 lbs (7936 kg) downward with 3500 psi (241 bars) applied. To shift the sleeve up, a second HB-3 is typically run above the Power Stroker. This force is achieved by manipulating the coiled tubing. FEATURES/BENEFITS Applies 17,500 lbs / 7936 kg of force, using 3500 psi / 241 bars Runs on standard coiled tubing Can open and close more than one sleeve per run, utilizing tandem HB-3s Emergency shear release Will not locate in a profile until 1000 psi / 69 bars is applied this allows the HB-3 to locate the sleeve Has a self-cleaning filter, so the fluid in the piston area of the tool is always clean Slimline OD for maximum bypass when running POWER STROKER, PRODUCT NO. 811-28 SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Maximum OD In. / mm Minimum ID In. / mm Maximum Working Pressure (psi / bars) Normal Operational Pressure (psi / bars) Down Force at 3500 psi (lbs / kg) Power Piston Area (sq. in. / sq. mm) Tensile Through The Tool (lbs / kg) Required Tension f/ Shear Release (lbs / kg) 3.00 0.50 5000 3500 17,500 5.00 80,000 25,000

HB-3 Selective Shifting Tool Product No. 811-98

HB-3 SELECTIVE SHIFTING TOOL PRODUCT NO. 811-98 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool Size In. mm 3-1/2 88,9 4-1/2 OD In. mm 2.50 63,5 4-1/2 Shifts Sleeve Sizes In. mm 2.56 - 2.75 - 2.81 65,0 - 69,8 - 71,3 3.43 - 3.68 87,1 - 93,4 3.75 - 3.81 95,2 - 96,7

76,2 12,7 345 241 7936 3,225 36,281 11,338

114,3

76,2

Power Stroker Product No. 811-28

104

FISHING SERVICES
STANDARD AND LOCKABLE SWIVEL SUB Product Nos. 132-64 & 132-65
The Thru-Tubing Lockable Swivel is designed to simplify and reduce the time required to make up coiled tubing workstrings. The swivel provides a means of making up the tool string to the coil tubing connector by simply rotating at the swivel rather then rotating the tool string. Once the tool is made up, the rotational locking mechanism of the Locking Swivel can be engaged and the tool string will be locked rotationally. The Lockable Swivel or Swivel Sub is normally run just below the coil tubing connector. For tool strings that do not require a rotation lock a standard Swivel Sub may be used. FEATURES/BENEFITS Simple design Simplifies picking up BHAs Teflon backed O-rings Two piece bearings

DEPLOYMENT BAR Product No. 330-66

Baker manufactures a comprehensive line of Coiled Tubing Deployment Bars. Deployment Bars are used to provide a convenient, safe means of handling Coiled Tubing BHAs at surface. To better expedite handling, the bars become part of the BHA; therefore have high tensile and torsional capabilities. The bars are available in the most commonly used small diameter connections.

DEPLOYMENT BAR PRODUCT NO. 330-66 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

OD In. mm 1.69 2.13 2.88 Top Thread 1" AM MT Box Bottom Thread 1" AM MT Pin 1-1/2" AM MT Pin 2-3/8" PAC DSI
Standard Swivel Sub Product No. 132-64

1,25

1,50 1-1/2" AM MT Box 1,75

2-3/8" PAC DSI

STANDARD SWIVEL SUB PRODUCT NO. 132-64 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool OD In. mm 1.69 2.13 Standard Connection 1 AM MT 1-1/2 AM MT

42,9 54,1

LOCKABLE SWIVEL SUB PRODUCT NO. 132-65 SPECIFICATION GUIDE

Tool OD In. mm 1.69 2.13 2.88 3.13 Standard Connection 1 AM MT 1-1/2 AM MT 2-3/8 PAC DSI 2-3/8 PAC DSI

42,9 54,1 73,1 79,4

Deployment Bar Product No. 330-66

Lockable Swivel Sub Product No. 132-65

105

FISHING SERVICES
SPINNING WASH TOOL Product No. 132-66
The Spinning Wash Tool has a high speed wash head running on two sets of sealed bearings. The two jetted blades efficiently clear loose scale, sand, and debris reducing drag on tubing during run in and out of the well. This increases working depth capabilities, particularly in highly deviated wellbores. Additionally this tool may be used to impregnate scales with acid or other inhibitors. Also many different corrosives, neutralizers, and other fluids may be circulated as the bearing assemblies are isolated. The tool is capable of pressures commonly used with coil and snubbing operations and is strong enough to withstand spudding techniques typically used in sand washing. FEATURES/BENEFITS High speed rotation Sealed bearings May be run with a variety of fluids Can be run on coiled tubing or conventional threaded pipe

SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Tool OD In. mm 1.44 36,6 1.69 42,9 1.75 44,5 2.25 57,2 Length In. mm 15.75 400,0 14.75 374,6 14.75 374,6 19.75 374,6 Standard Connection 3/4" CS Hydril 1" MT 1" MT 1-1/2" MT

Spinning Wash Tool Product No. 132-66

106

FISHING SERVICES
HYDRATIGHT TONGS
The Hydratight Tongs are designed to work in close quarters to obtain recommended makeup torque on tool joints and tubing connections. The Power Pack is an air driven hydraulic unit which requires 90 psi (6,2 bars)at 110 cft/m. The remote control unit is complete with air hoses and quick disconnect couplings. Maximum torque is 10,000 ft/lb with a maximum catch range from 2-1/4" OD to 4-3/4" OD. The tongs can be dressed with standard carbarized dies or special soft touch fiber dies, which reduce the risk of any damage to the tubulars or tubular coatings. With the fiber dies, the maximum working OD is 3-3/4" and 10,000 ft/lb (13600 Nm) of torque. Variable heads are also available which will catch on tubulars with up to 1-1/2" variance in OD without changing the heads. FEATURES/BENEFITS Uses rig air Can be controlled by remote Compact design Easily converted to different catch ranges

THRU-TUBING FISHING TOOLS CONTAINER

The Thru-Tubing Fishing Tools Container is designed and manufactured in accordance with BS 7072: 989 and DNV Offshore Freight Container Design and Certification Notes 2.7-1. The container is supplied with slings and shackles with the applicable offshore certification. The container is supplied with a heavy duty work bench, horizontal mill, sub storage rack, wall storage rack, C vice, chain vice, Wolf Turbolite (airlight), a two-piece pressure test module, and chart recorder. The tools supplied will consist of a comprehensive compliment of tools required for proposed operations as well as fishing tools for proposed BHAs.

107

FISHING SERVICES
BOWEN TOOLS, INC.
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot
The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot is the strongest tool available to externally engage, pack-off, and pull a fish. The basic simplicity and rugged construction with which it is designed have made it the standard of all external catch fishing tools. The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot is composed of three outside parts: top sub, bowl, and guide. The Basic Overshot may be dressed with either of two sets of internal parts depending on whether the fish to be caught is near maximum size for the particular overshot. Some special conditions apply. If the fish diameter is near the maximum catch of the Overshot, a Spiral Grapple, Spiral Grapple Control, and A Packer are used. If the fish diameter is considerably below maximum catch size (usually 1/2"), a Basket Grapple and a Mil Control Packer are used.

Bowen Lubricated Fishing Bumper Sub

The Series 150 Bowen Releasing and Circulating Overshot

Bowen Lubricated Fishing Bumper Subs are engineered to withstand sustained bumping action in severe fishing and deep workover operations. The tools permit a 10" to 18" vertical stroke, either upward or downward, that is always available whether rotating or not. Tools with strokes greater than 18" to 60" are available on request at extra cost. A fishing string made up properly always includes a dependable Bumper Sub. This is absolutely mandatory when the fishing job is severe, or includes tools which require sharp bumping action to actuate or release them.

Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear

Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spears provide a dependable, inexpensive, and simple means of engaging a fish internally. These spears assure positive engagement, easy release from the fish when desired, and easy reengagement after the spear has been released The Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear consists of a Mandrel, Grapple, Release Ring, and Nut. The Mandrel may be obtained in either a Flush Type or a Shoulder Type. Mandrel Top connections are furnished to order. The nut can be obtained as a plain bull-nose guide or with a pin connection for the attachment of other tools below the spear.

Itco Type Bowen Releasing Spear

108

FISHING SERVICES
BOWEN TOOLS, INC. (Cont.)
Power Swivels
All of Bowens Power Swivels are engineered to provide smooth shock-free torque, which reduces drillstring wear. Using a Bowen Power Swivel, in most applications, eliminates spinning chains, tongs, and kelly spinners. This permits drilling in longer drillstring lengths before shutting down to add pipe which reduces start-ups and stops. Consequently a reduction in start-ups/stops helps to reduce wear of pump, drawworks, and overall rig equipment. Bowen offers a complete line of Power Swivels. They range from small portable units used mostly for light workovers to models capable of 20,000 plus ft/lbs (27200 Nm) of torque designed for deep well drilling or large piling hole work. This broad spectrum of available equipment allows selection of units suited to the requirements of most jobs. Tailor-made units with speeds and torque ratings suited for any job are also available. Custom made hardened steel gears and conservatively rated bearings are standard on most models. Control Assemblies may be air, electric, or uniblock (hydraulic). They are mounted on portable stands which may be remotely located away from the power unit. Calibrated torque gauges are standard. Power Swivels are furnished with a bail, circulating gooseneck, and wireline access plug.

109

FISHING SERVICES
BOWEN TOOLS, INC. (Cont.)
Bowen Super Fishing Jar
The Bowen Super Fishing Jar is a straight-pull operated jar which employs a patented combination of proven principles of hydraulics and mechanics. This jar is easy to assemble and the unique design allows for easy operation. No setting or adjustment is required before going in the hole or after the fish has been engaged. The Bowen Super Fishing Jar is designed to permit the operator to efficiently control the intensity of the jarring blow within a wide range a very light impact to a blow of very high impact. The unique impact control of the Bowen Super Fishing Jar is made possible by the patented cone assembly. As pull is applied to the jar, oil is forced from one side of the cone to the other through a metering slot. By being forced through a restricted passage, the fluid flow is retarded in such a manner that the stroke is delayed so the operator has ample time to take the necessary stretch in the running string (and Super Intensifier, when it is used) to strike a blow of given impact. Another important feature of the Super Fishing Jar is the ease of closing or resetting. Only sufficient weight to overcome friction is required. Closing is free of any danger of causing damage to the tool since the metering action does not take place during resetting. During resetting, large ports are appending to the cone assembly allowing unimpeded flow of fluid from one cavity to the other.

Bowen Jar Intensifiers

The Bowen Jar Intensifier is run in conjunction with the Bowen Jar, either the Bowen Type Z Oil Jar, or Super Fishing Jar. It supplies acceleration to the upper-end of the Jar and lower portion of the workstring during the jarring stroke. Each Bowen Jar Intensifier is designed to match a corresponding Bowen Rotary Jar. The intensifier is essentially a fluid spring which stores energy when a strain is pulled on the running string. When the strain is removed by the free stroke of the jar, this stored energy is released accelerating the drill collars and jar end upward until a blow of high impact is struck. The Bowen Jar Intensifier is particularly valuable in deep, crooked holes where much of the stretch of the string is lost in friction. The tool is equally valuable at very shallow depths where very little stretch is available due to the short working string. Excessive numbers of drill collars should not be used when the intensifier is in use. A secondary advantage of the rebounding string after the jarring stroke is the protection of tools and string from damage. Full torque may be transmitted by the intensifier at all times in either direction, and full circulation may be maintained through the tool. Operation of the tool is very simple requiring only straight pull as rapidly or as slowly as required for the operation.

The Bowen Surface Bumper Jar

The Bowen Surface Bumper Jar is designed to be installed in the drillstring at the surface during fishing operations. This requires downward jarring impacts against a fish at the point where it is stuck. By a simple adjustment it may be set to vary the jarring force. The stroke of the tool is 48 inches, allowing the fish to be hammered down much farther than could be done with a conventional rotary jar. This tool provides many other outstanding advantages. It is unique in that it is used only on the surface to release a stuck fish. Due to this intermittent usage, the service life of this tool is greatly extended when compared with conventional bumper subs.

Bowen Super Fishing Jar

110

FISHING SERVICES
HOUSTON ENGINEERING, INC.
HE PULLMASTER HYDRAULIC PULLING TOOL
The HE Pullmaster is designed to pull liners, packers, or other objects when workstring or surface equipment has limited pulling capabilities. The Pullmaster consists of a control valve, an anchor section, and pulling section. The control valve section permits the release of the slips and pull regardless of the hydrostatic differential. The anchor section has piston slips that provide sufficient holding area to transmit the pull without deforming the casing. The pull section exerts a multiplied pulling force over a 30" stroke. Any type of engaging tool may be used with the Pullmaster.

HE Pullmaster

111

FISHING SERVICES
HOUSTON ENGINEERING, INC. (CONT.)
HE DH RELEASABLE WASHOVER EXTERNAL TUBING CUTTER
The DH Cutter is designed to washover, cut, and recover stuck tubing in lengths up to 1500 ft. Unlike most external cutters, the initial run with a rotary shoe and washover pipe is eliminated. The DH Cutter is also the only releasable external cutter. The cutter is operated mechanically and is not affected by temperature, hydrostatic pressures, or fluid movement.

AH - AJ MODEL REVERSING TOOLS

The Houston Engineers AH - AJ Model Reversing Tools are used to unscrew and recover sections of right-hand strings of pipe that are stuck in a wellbore. Using the Reversing Tool on right-hand drill pipe or tubing eliminates the need for a complete string of left-hand pipe to recover lost tubing or drill pipe. The Reversing Tool is a combination of planetary gearing and anchoring systems. It is capable of converting right-hand torque from surface to a powerful left-hand torque below the tool to the fish. Because the tool is mechanically operated, it is possible to washdown and wireline through the tool. The Reversing Tool must be anchored in casing, if the fish is in open hole left-hand pipe must be run below the Reversing Tool.

DH Releasable Washover External Tubing Cutter

AJ Model Reversing Tool

112

FISHING SERVICES
HOUSTON ENGINEERING, INC. (CONT.)
HE FISHING BUMPER SUB
The HE Fishing Bumper Sub is an economical rugged bumper-sub designed to endure extremely tough downhole use. It incorporates optimum stroke, torque transmission, and improved life. The free travel of the sub is used to jar down on a fish and to isolate a fishing tool from the drillstring. Drill collars may be run below the Bumper Sub when a precise weight is required for a downhole operation.

"TMC" HYDRAULIC JAR

The HE "TMC" Hydraulic Jar is the newest development in the HE family of effective hydraulic jars. The "TMC" Jar adds the advantage of a closed drive system that is not open to the well fluid, where that use is appropriate.

HE MAGNUM DRILLING ACCELERATOR TOOL

The HE Magnum Drilling Accelerator Tool is a gas operated energy accumulator tool used to increase jar impact. The tool is nitrogen gas charged to provide fast acceleration of the drill collar mass resulting in higher impact. The accelerator also acts as a shock absorber on the up shock waves that are transmitted vertically in jarring strings. Houston Engineers also manufacture a double acting Hydraulic Accelerator. (No illustration shown.)

Lubricated Bumper Sub Type EBL

"TMC" Hydraulic Jar

113

FISHING SERVICES / LOCATIONS

WORLD HEADQUARTERS
9100 Emmott Road Houston, TX 77040 P. O. Box 40129 Houston, TX 77240-0129 Telephone: (713) 466-1322 Fax: (713) 466-2314 Whitecourt 3702-37 Avenue Whitecourt, Alberta T0E 2L0 Canada Tel: 403-778-4103 Fax: 403-778-4474 Oklahoma City 6421 S Sooner Rd Oklahoma City, OK 73135 Tel: 405-670-5203 Fax: 405-670-1644 Ratliff City P O Box 250 Ratliff City, OK 73081 Tel: 405-856-3472 Fax: 405-856-4052

LATIN AMERICA
MEXICO
Villahermosa Baker Hughes de Mexico AV. 27 DeFebrero 1737 Col. Atastal Villahermosa, Tab 86100 Tel: 52-93-152618 Fax: 52-93-150580 Ciudad Del Carmen Baker Hughes de Mexico Calle 31 No 244 Col. Aviacion Civil CD Del Carmen Camp. 24170 Mexico Tel: 52-938-23224 Fax: 52-938-24135

CHINA
Shekou Baker Hughes Incorporated Shekou Representative Office 2/f Chiwan Building Chiwan Petrolem Supply Base Shekou, Shenzhen PRC Tel: 86-755-669-1294 Fax: 86-755-669-3852

ILLINOIS
Olney PO Box 280 700-A West Lafayette Olney, IL 62450 Tel: 618-395-2179 Fax: 618-392-3375

WESTERN HEMISPHERE
ALASKA
Anchorage 4710 Business Park Blvd. Suite 36 Anchorage, AK 99503 Tel: 907-561-1939 Fax: 907-563-0385
Kenai Mill 26.5 N. North Road Nikiski, AK 99635 Tel: 907-776-8791 Fax: 907-776-5624

MISSISSIPPI
Laurel P.O. Box 2217 3038 Ellisville Blvd. Laurel, MS 39440 Tel: 601-428-1571 Fax: 601-426-2076

INDONESIA
Jakarta PT Imeco Sarana JL Ampera Raya Kav 9-10 Jakarta, Indonesia 12550 Fax: 62-21-780-7885 Tel: 62-21-780-5432/780-5421 Balikpapan Baker Oil Tools c/o P T Gema Baker Nusantara JL Mulawarman KM16 Balikpapan76115 East Kalimantan Tel: 62-542-24391 Fax: 62-542-35068 Singapore Baker Oil Tools Asia Pacific 273 Jalan Ahmad Ibrahim, Singapore 2262 Tel: 65-861-3455 Fax: 65-861-0050/861-3163 Thailand Baker Oil Tools 92/47 Moo2 Tambon kaoroopchang Karnchanavanich Road Amhur Muang Songkhla 90000 Thailand Tel: 66-74324-281 Fax: 66-74324-831

LOUISIANA
Bossier City 4907 Hazel Jones Dr Bossier City, LA 71111 Tel: 318-746-3800 Fax: 318-742-5827 Houma 3175 Little Bayou Black Rd. Houma, LA 70364 Tel: 504-876-1097 Fax: 504-876-3756 Houma (Whipstock) P.O. Box 3914 3030 Little Bayou Black Rd Houma, LA 70361 Tel: 504-872-1475 Fax: 504-872-0111 Lake Charles 5432 E. Broad St Lake Charles, LA 70601 Tel: 318-433-4652 Fax: 318-433-7427 Morgan City P.O. Box 2177 Hwy 90 East Morgan City, LA 70380 Tel: 504-631-2161 Fax: 504-631-2956 New Iberia P.O. Box 10125 3915 Hwy. 90 East New Iberia, LA 70560 Tel: 318-369-3731 Fax: 318-364-2418 Ruston P O Box 100 2016 Farmerville Hwy Ruston, LA 71270 Tel: 318-255-5214 Fax: 318-255-2140 Venice P O Box 240 Hwy 23 South Venice, LA 70091 Tel: 504-534-2363 Fax. 504-534-7319

PENNSYLVANIA
Corry 13255 Route 6-W P O Box 214 Corry PA 16407 Tel: 814-664-9131 Fax: 814-664-5445

VENEZUELA
Anaco Baker Hughes de Venezuela Avenida Jos A Anzoategui Kilometro 98 Anaco, Edo Anzoategui, Venezuela Tel: 58-82-246-664 Fax: 58-82-247-743 Las Morochas Baker Hughes De Venezuela Avenida Intercomunal, Campo Baker Las Morochas, Edo. Zuila, Venezuela Tel: 58-65-310271 Fax: 58-65-310895

Prudhoe Bay Spine Road Pouch 340036 Prudhoe Bay, AK 99734 Tel: 907-659-2467 Fax: 907-659-2276

TEXAS
Alice 2406 Industrial Drive Alice, TX 78332 Tel: 512-664-2220 Fax: 512-664-2223 Beaumont 6810 S Major Dr Beaumont, TX 77705 Tel: 409-866-2335 Fax: 409-842-5327 Kilgore 2306 Hwy 135 N P O Box 673 Kilgore, TX 75662-0673 Tel: 903-984-5001 Fax: 903-983-2437 Midland/Odessa 10912 W. Hwy 80 E Odessa, TX 79765 Tel: 915-563-1900 Fax: 915-563-3625 Palestine Hwy 79 West P.O. Box 528 Palestine, TX 75801-0528 Tel: 903-538-2011 Fax: 903-538-2782 Pearland 3809 Magnolia St Pearland, TX 77584 Tel: 281-485-8341 Fax:281-997-2477 Victoria 128 Stockbauer Dr Victoria, TX 77904 Tel: 512-575-6468 Fax: 512-576-5967

ARKANSAS
Magnolia P.O. Box 406 1708 N Vine @ Waldo Hwy Magnolia, AR 71753 Tel: 501-234-5571 Fax: 501-234-2859

MIDDLE EAST
Abu Dhabi Baker Eastern S A P O Box 7621 Abu Dhabi, U A E Tel: 971-2-773200 Fax: 971-2-722483 Dubai Baker Oil Tools Jabel Ali Free Zone Office B17 Jebel All, U AE Tel: 971-4-836322 Fax: 971-4-836488 Egypt Baker Eastern S A / TSOT Egypt 21 Road 263 Corner 281 Third Sector New Maadi Cairo, Egypt Tel: 202-352-1651 Fax: 202-353-3638 Oman Baker Eastern S.A. c/o Amran Establishment P O Box 919 Muscat, Oman Tel: 968-601717 Fax: 968-697570

CALIFORNIA
Bakersfield 4230 Foster Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 Tel: 805-327-7201 Fax: 805-324-5296 Huntington Beach 5501 Engineer Dr. Huntington Beach, CA 92649 Tel: 714-891-8544 Fax: 714-893-1041 Imperial 220 E. Baroni Imperial, CA 92251 Tel: 619-355-2828 Fax: 619-355-2820

EUROPE/AFRICA OPERATIONS
GERMANY
Celle Graffring 9 29227 Celle, Germany Tel: 49-5141-98870 Fax: 49-5141-988729

ENGLAND
Great Yarmouth Eurocntre, North River Rd Great Yarmouth Norfolk, NR3O ITE England Tel: 44-1493-332212 Fax: 44-1493-852294

CANADA
Calgary 1300 401-9th Ave S W Calgary, Alberta T2P3C58 Canada Tel: 403-296-9600 Fax: 403-296-9688 Edmonton 2110 -70 Avenue NW Edmonton, Alberta T6P IN6 Canada Tel: 403-440-2110 Fax: 403-440-4909 Brooks 620-1 Avenue, East P O Box 1357 Brooks Alberta T1R 1C3 Canada Tel: 403-362-4232 Fax: 403-362-8159 Grand Prairie 11456 96th Avenue SW Grand Prairie, Alberta T8V 5M4 Canada Tel: 403-539-6700 Fax: 403-539-6352 Red Deer Bay 2, 6879 52nd Avenue Red Deer, Alberta T4N 4L2 Canada Tel: 403-340-3500 Fax: 403-341-3703

NORWAY
Stavanger Breifltveien 15, 4004 Stavager, Norway Tel: 47-51-589050 Fax: 47-51-586148 Baker Oil Tools Kakstadveien 38 5061 Kokstad Bergen Norway Tel: 47-5-228370 Fax: 47-5-228930

MICHIGAN
Mt Pleasant P O Box 508 1950 Commercial Dr Mt Pleasant, MI 48858 Tel: 517-772-1600 Fax: 517-772-0928

WEST VIRGINIA
Clarksburg Old Route 50 Sun Valley Rd Clarksburg, WV 26301 Tel: 304-624-7621 Fax: 304-624-9360

ASIA PACIFIC
AUSTRALIA
Sale Dawson Street Sale, Victoria 3850 Australia Tel: 61-51-442-4296 Fax: 61-51-44-966 Perth 1-5 Bell Street, Canning Vale, W Australia 6155 Tel: 61-9-455-0155 Fax: 61-9-455-1117 Brunei No 2769 Jalan Bolkiah P O Box 541 Seria 7005 Brunei, Darussalam Tel: 673-3-223-273 Fax: 673-3-224-160

NEW MEXICO
Farmington 2795 Inland Street Farmington, NM 87401 Tel: 505-327-3266 Fax: 505-327-4497

WYOMING
Evanston 1259 Hwy 89 North Evanston, WY 82930-0957 Tel: 307-789-4800 Fax: 307-789-2027 Rock Springs 705 Mohawk Drive Rock Springs, WY 82901 Tel: 307-362-6233 Fax: 307-382-3590

SCOTLAND
Dyce Kirkhill Industrail Estates Dyce, Aberdeen AB2 OGY Scotland Tel: 44-224-223500 Fax: 44-224-771575

OHIO
Wooster 5690 Cleveland Rd Wooster, OH 44691 Tel: 216-345-1744 Fax: 216-345-1877

THE NETHERLANDS
Imjuiden Amperestraat 1F 1976 BE, Ijmuiden The Netherlands Tel: 31-2550-33654 Fax; 31-2550-33643

OKLAHOMA
Elk City 110 Meadowridge Drive Elk City, OK 73644 Tel: 405-243-3424 Fax: 405-243-3429

114